ID-TCV0OLBE1607-EN Owner’s Manual

GENERAL MOTORSOVERSEAS DISTRIBUTION

LLC

Owner’s Manual

ID-TCV0OLBE1607-EN

www.chevroleteurope.com

Ow

ner’s

Man

ual

Owner’s Manual

Copyright Cadillac Europe GmbH, Zürich, Switzerland.

All information contained in this booklet is based on latest product information available at the time of printing, and is effective as of the date indicated below. Cadillac Europe GmbH reserves the exclusive right to make modifications to this booklet.

Edition: July 2016, Cadillac Europe GmbH, Zürich, Switzerland.

Printed on chlorine-free bleached paper.

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k17_Chevrolet_Corvette_ID-TCV0OLBE1607-en.ai 1 6/27/2016 1:16:46 PM2k17_Chevrolet_Corvette_ID-TCV0OLBE1607-en.ai 1 6/27/2016 1:16:46 PM

Chevrolet Corvette Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-Europe-10291935) -2017 - crc - 6/20/16

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 24

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 93

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 142

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 155

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 293

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 305

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem,CORVETTE, the CORVETTEEmblem, CORVETTE STINGRAYand the STINGRAY Emblem aretrademarks and/or service marks ofGeneral Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along with


Introduction 3

the text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner'smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

% : Audio Steering Wheel Controls

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

# : Fog Lamps

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp Main/Dipped-BeamChanger

j : LATCH System Child Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

} : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tyre Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/Active HandlingSystem

a : Under Pressure

M : Windscreen Washer Fluid


4 Introduction

2 NOTES


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Boot Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 14Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Windscreen Wiper/Washer . . . . . 16Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Driver InformationCentre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Curb View Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 20Power Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Roof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Tyre Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . 21Performance VehicleFeatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Fuel (LT1 6.2L V8 Engine) . . . . . 22Fuel (LT4 6.2L SuperchargedV8 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 22Car Wash Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . 23Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 152.

2. Indicator Lever. See Indicatorand Lane-ChangeSignals 0 139.

Exterior Lamp Controls 0 136.

3. Manual Shift Paddles (IfEquipped). See ManualMode 0 185.

Active Rev Match Paddles (IfEquipped). See Active RevMatch 0 189.

4. Instrument Cluster 0 98.

5. Windscreen Wiper/Washer 0 94.

6. Instrument Panel StorageButton. See Instrument PanelStorage 0 89.

7. Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator. See PassengerSensing System 0 71.

8. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 138.

9. Hazard WarningFlashers 0 139.

10. Infotainment 0 142.

11. Passenger TemperatureControl. See Dual AutomaticClimate Control System 0 149.

Passenger Heated andVentilated Seat Controls (IfEquipped). See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 59.

12. Driver and RedundantPassenger Heated andVentilated Seat Controls (IfEquipped). See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 59.

13. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 149.

14. Electric Parking Brake 0 191.

15. MODE SELECT Knob. SeeCompetitive DrivingMode 0 199.

16. Shift Lever (Manual Shown).See Automatic Transmission0 183 or ManualTransmission 0 187.

17. Keyless Ignition. See IgnitionPositions 0 176.

18. Bluetooth Controls. SeeSteering Wheel Controls 0 94.

Voice Recognition Controls.See Steering WheelControls 0 94.

Driver Information Centre (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Centre (DIC) 0 114.

19. Steering Wheel Controls 0 94.

20. Horn 0 94.

21. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 94 (Out of View).

22. Cruise Control 0 202.

23. Bonnet Release (Out of View).See Bonnet 0 215.

24. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 107.

25. Hatch/Boot Release Button.See Hatch (Boot) 0 35.

Intrusion and InclinationSensors Disable Switch. SeeVehicle Alarm System 0 37.

26. Head-Up Display Controls (IfEquipped). See Head-UpDisplay (HUD) 0 116.

27. Power Mirrors 0 41.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within range. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is used to lock andunlock the doors and may work upto 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

With Remote Start and ConvertibleTop Shown, Others Similar

Press the button to remove the key.The key can be used to open thevehicle and hatch/trunk if power tothe vehicle is lost. See Hatch(Boot) 0 35.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press again within five seconds tounlock both doors.

Q : Press to lock both doors.

s : Press and hold to releasethe hatch/boot.

M : If equipped, press andrelease K and then immediately

press and holdM continuously toopen the convertible top all the way.The vehicle must be off to operatethe convertible top. Release thebutton to stop movement. Thisbutton will only open theconvertible top.

See Convertible Top 0 48.

L : Press and release once toinitiate vehicle locater. Press andhold for three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. Press again or start thevehicle to stop the panic alarm.

See Keys 0 24 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 26.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.


In Brief 9

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe indicator lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglights will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Cancelling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warninglights.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 30.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock a door from theoutside, press Q or K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Driver Door

1. Door Handle Sensor2. Power Door Lock Switch3. Door Latch Button

For Keyless Access, hold the RKEtransmitter within 1 m (3 ft) of thedoor handle. Grip and press thedoor handle sensor (1). See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 26. This feature can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 130.

Passenger Door

To lock or unlock a door from theinside, use the power door lockswitch.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

To open a door from the inside,press the door lock button.

The fuel door is also locked andunlocked using these features.

See Power Door Locks 0 33.


10 In Brief

Loss of Vehicle ElectricalPower

If the vehicle has lost battery power,the doors can be opened manually.

From Inside the Vehicle

Pull the driver door release handle.

Pull the passenger door releasehandle.

See Power Door Locks 0 33.

Boot ReleaseFor automatic transmissions, thevehicle must be in P (Park).

For manual transmissions, thevehicle must be off or stationarywith the parking brake set. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 191.

To release the hatch/boot:

. Press}.

. Press and holds on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System 0 25.


In Brief 11

. Press the hatch/boot releasetouch pad with the RKEtransmitter within range or usethe key in the key cylinder. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 25 and Keys 0 24.

See Hatch (Boot) 0 35.

Windows

Pull up or press down on the switchto raise or lower the window. SeePower Windows 0 42.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)allows the power windows tooperate when the ignition is off. SeeRetained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 179.

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Electrically Operated SeatAdjustment 0 55.


12 In Brief

Lumbar and BolsterAdjustment

To adjust the lumbar or bolstersupport, if equipped:

. Press and hold the controlforward to increase or rearwardto decrease lumbar support.

. If equipped, press and hold thecontrol upward to increase ordownward to decrease the sidebolster support.

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 55.

Reclining Seat Backrests

To adjust the seat back:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

See Reclining Seat Backrests 0 56.

Memory Features

If equipped, the 1, 2, SET, and S(Exit) buttons on the driver door areused to manually store and recallmemory settings for the driver seat,outside mirrors, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column.

When Auto Memory Recall isenabled in the personalisationmenu, positions previously stored tomemory buttons 1 and 2 arerecalled when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY.


In Brief 13

When Easy Exit Options is enabledin the personalization menu, theseats will move to the previouslystored exit position when the vehicleis turned off and driver door isopened within a short time.

See Memory Seats 0 56 andVehicle Personalisation 0 130.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Driver and Passenger Controls

If equipped, the driver buttons areon the centre stack. To operate, theignition must be on.

Press C or M on the left side of theclimate control panel to ventilate orheat the driver seat. A ventilatedseat has a fan that pulls or pushesair through the seat. The air is notcooled.

Passenger Controls

The passenger buttons are also onthe right-hand side of the instrumentpanel under the air vent. Press L or{ to heat or ventilate the passengerseat. The driver can also turn on oroff the passenger heated andventilated seats using the buttonson the right side of the climatecontrol panel.

For driver and passenger controls,press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsshow three for the highest settingand one for the lowest. If the heatedseats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 59.

Safety Belts


14 In Brief

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 60.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 61.

. Three-Point Belt 0 62.

. ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems 0 86.

Passenger SensingSystem

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbag

is affected by the passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 71.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the instrumentpanel when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 105.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirrors

To adjust mirrors:

1. Press L (Left) or R (Right) toselect the mirror.

2. Press the control pad to adjustthe mirror.

3. Return the switch to the centreto deselect the mirror.

See Power Mirrors 0 41.

If the vehicle has the memoryfeature, a preferred mirror positioncan be stored. See MemorySeats 0 56.

To fold, pull the mirror toward thevehicle. Push the mirror outward, toreturn it to the original position.

Interior Mirror

Adjustment

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

The mirror automatically reducesthe glare of the headlamps frombehind. The dimming feature comeson when the vehicle is started.

See Automatic Dimming Rear ViewMirror 0 42.


In Brief 15

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Both the tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn positions can be stored withyour memory settings. See MemorySeats 0 56.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingInterior Light Control

The knob for this feature is on theleft side of the instrument panel.Turn clockwise or anti-clockwise tobrighten or dim the lights. Turn theknob completely clockwise to turnthe interior lights on.

Courtesy Lamps

When any door or the tailgate/bootis opened, the interior lamps willcome on.

To turn the courtesy lamps on or off,turn the instrument panel brightnessknob completely clockwise oranti-clockwise.

Reading Lamps

The reading lamps are in theoverhead console. The lamps go onwhen a door is opened. When thedoors are closed, press the lampbuttons to turn on each lamp.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 140.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theindicator lever.

There are four positions.

O : Turns off all lamps.


16 In Brief

AUTO : Sets the exterior lamps toautomatic mode. AUTO mode turnsthe exterior lamps on and offdepending on how much light isavailable outside the vehicle.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

s : Turn the band to s and releaseit to turn the rear fog lamps onand off.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 136

. Indicator and Lane-ChangeSignals 0 139

Windscreen Wiper/Washer

The window wiper/washer lever ison the right side of the steeringcolumn.

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the stalk to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe stalk down. For several wipes,hold the stalk down.

nL : Pull the stalk toward you tospray windscreen washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windscreen Wiper/Washer 0 94.


In Brief 17

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver Temperature Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

3. A/C (Air Conditioning)

4. Air Delivery Modes

5. Defrost

6. SYNC

7. Fan Control

8. Driver and PassengerRedundant Heated andVentilated Front Seat Controls

9. Rear Window Demister

10. Recirculation

Passenger Temperature Control

The passenger temperature controlis below the passenger sideair vent.

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 149.


18 In Brief

Transmission

Manual Paddle Shift(Automatic Transmission)

The Manual Paddle Shift systemcan be used in D (Drive) or M(Manual Mode). The system isactivated by pressing the left paddleto downshift and the right paddle toupshift. The current gear will bedisplayed in the instrument cluster,or the Head-Up Display (HUD),if equipped.

The Manual Paddle Shift system willnot allow either an upshift or adownshift, if the vehicle speed is toofast or too slow, nor will it allow astart from 3 (Third) or higher gear.

See Manual Mode 0 185.

Active Rev Match (ManualGearbox)

Active Rev Match (ARM) aids insmoother shifting by matching theengine speed to the next selectedgear. The system is activated anddeactivated by pressing either of thepaddles marked REV MATCH onthe steering wheel. See Active RevMatch 0 189.

Shift Indicator

The shift indicator illuminates in theinstrument cluster when a gear shiftis recommended for best fueleconomy. When the arrow is pointedup, an upshift is recommended.When the arrow is pointed down, adownshift is recommended. Thenumber displayed with the arrowindicates the recommended gear.


In Brief 19

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, and navigationsystem. It also includes informationon settings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

1 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET/− : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 202.

Driver InformationCentre (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.


20 In Brief

o or p : Press o to openapplication menus on the left.Press p to open interaction menuson the right.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Centre(DIC) 0 114.

Curb View CameraIf equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays to aidwith parking and low-speedmanoeuvres.

See "Curb View Camera" underAssistance Systems for Parking orReversing 0 205.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedreversing manoeuvres.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Reversing 0 205.

Power SocketsUse the accessory power outlet toplug in electrical equipment, such asa mobile phone or MP3 player.

There are three accessory poweroutlets:

. Inside the centre consolestorage compartment.

. In front of the cupholder.

. In the rear compartment.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

See Power Sockets 0 96.

Roof PanelIf equipped with a removable roofpanel, there are three releasehandles. Two are at the front of theroof panel and one is at the rear ofthe roof panel. See “Removing theRoof Panel” under Roof Panel 0 44.

Help may be needed to remove theroof panel. Always store the roofpanel properly in the rear storagecompartment.

For more information:

. See “Storing the Roof Panel”under Roof Panel 0 44.

. See “Installing the Roof Panel”under Roof Panel 0 44.

ConvertibleIf equipped, the convertible top canbe automatically opened andclosed. For step-by-stepinstructions, see ConvertibleTop 0 48.


In Brief 21

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

StabiliTrak is a computer controlledsystem that helps the drivermaintain directional control of thevehicle in difficult driving conditions.This is accomplished by selectivelyapplying any one of the vehicle'sbrakes. The system turns onautomatically every time the vehicleis started.

. To turn off traction control, pressand release g on the centre

console. i illuminates in theinstrument cluster.

. To turn off both traction controland StabiliTrak, press andhold g, until the Traction Off

light i and the StabiliTrak OFF

light g illuminate in theinstrument cluster.

. Press and release g again toturn on both systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 193.

The vehicle has Driver ModeControl and Performance TractionManagement. See Driver ModeControl 0 195 and CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 199.

Tyre Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TyrePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tyre pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'styres. If the warning light comes on,

stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tyres to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tyre andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 171. Thewarning light will remain on until thetyre pressure is corrected.

The low tyre pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetyre pressures are getting low andthe tyres need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tyre maintenance. Maintainthe correct tyre pressures.

See Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem 0 261.

Performance VehicleFeaturesChecking Engine Oil

Your vehicle may have a highperformance dry sump lubricationsystem. This system operates


22 In Brief

differently than a standard enginelubrication system. See EngineOil 0 220.

Check the oil level only after theengine has been thoroughly warmedup and then check between five and10 minutes of shutoff. This ensuresthat the oil level reading obtainedwill be accurate.

Brake Noise

Under certain weather or operatingconditions, occasional brake squealmay be heard with the vehicle'sperformance braking system. Thisbrake system is designed forsuperior fade resistance andconsistent operation using highperformance brake pads. Brakesqueal is normal and does not affectsystem performance.

Tyre Chatter/Hop

When driving at slow speeds and invery tight turns, the vehicle mayhave tyre chatter/hop. This conditionis normal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Road Imperfections/Crown Effects

The vehicle's precise steering andhandling make it very responsive toroad surface feedback. A slight pullmay be felt in the steeringdepending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts. This isnormal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Fuel (LT1 6.2L V8 Engine)

Premium Recommended Fuel

Use unleaded petrol rated at 95RON or higher in your vehicle.Unleaded petrol with an octanerating as low as 91 RON may beused, but it will reduce performanceand fuel economy. See Fuel 0 207.

Fuel (LT4 6.2LSupercharged V8 Engine)

Premium Required Fuel

Use 95 RON or higher octaneunleaded gasoline in your vehicle.Do not use petrol with an octanerating lower as it may result invehicle damage and lower fueleconomy. See Fuel 0 207.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message when it is time tochange the engine oil and filter. Theoil life system should be reset to100% only following an oil change.


In Brief 23

Dry Sump Engine Break-In OilChange

If equipped with a dry sump engine,the initial oil and filter change mustbe performed at 800 km/500 mi.Follow the engine oil life system forevery oil change thereafter.

Resetting the Oil Life System

After you change the oil, the oil lifesystem will need to be reset. Seeyour dealer for service.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 225.

Car Wash Guidelines

Caution

Some automatic car washes cancause damage to the vehicle,wheels, or convertible top,if equipped. Automatic carwashes are not recommended,due to lack of clearance for theundercarriage and/or wide reartyres and wheels. See "Washingthe Vehicle" under ExteriorCare 0 283

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible:

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tyres properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tyres withthe same TPC Spec numbermoulded into the tyre's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Select Eco mode for improvedfuel economy. This will result inbetter Active Fuel Managementoperation. See Active FuelManagement® 0 181.

. For recommended shift speeds,see Manual Transmission 0 187.

Premium Fuel

Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 207.


24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 30Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 34Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

DoorsHatch (Boot) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 37Anti-theft Locking System . . . . . . 39Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Immobiliser Operation . . . . . . . . . 39

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 41Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 42Automatic Dimming Rear ViewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

RoofRoof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

The key inside the RKE transmittercan be used to open the vehicle andtailgate/boot if power to the vehicleis lost. See Hatch (Boot) 0 35.

With Remote Start and ConvertibleTop Shown, Others Similar

Press the button near the bottom ofthe RKE transmitter to remove thekey. Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

This vehicle has a Keyless Accesssystem with pushbutton start. SeeIgnition Positions 0 176 forinformation on starting the vehicle.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Declaration ofConformity 0 309.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See“Keyless Access Operation” later inthis section.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 25.

With Remote Start and ConvertibleTop Shown, Without Similar

Q : Press to lock both doors. Theindicator lamp indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound toindicate locking. Press twice withinfive seconds for deadbolt locking.See Vehicle Personalisation 0 130.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled through thevehicle personalisation, all doors willlock and then the driver door willimmediately unlock. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 130. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, both doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 37.

When the doors are locked, the fueldoor is also locked.

K : Press to unlock the driver doorand deadbolt. Press again withinfive seconds to unlock both doors.When remotely unlocking thevehicle at night, the headlights andreversing lamps will come on forabout 30 seconds to light yourapproach to the vehicle and whenthe door is open. The indicatorsmay flash to indicate unlocking.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 37.

When the doors are unlocked, thefuel door is also unlocked.

/ : If equipped, press and releaseQ and then immediately press andhold/ for at least four seconds tostart the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 30.



L : Press and release to initiatevehicle locater. The exterior lampsflash and the horn chirps threetimes. Press and holdL forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theindicator lamps flash untilL ispressed again or the vehicle isstarted.

s : Press and hold to releasethe hatch/trunk. If the engine isrunning, the shift lever must be inP (Park) for an automatictransmission. For a manualtransmission, the shift lever must bein Neutral with the parkingbrake set.

M : If equipped, press andrelease K, then immediately press

and holdM continuously to openthe convertible top all the way.Release the button to stopmovement. This button will onlyopen the convertible top.

Convertible Top. Do not try to start the vehicle

while using the RKE transmitterto open the convertible top.Release the RKE transmitter andENGINE START/STOPand waita few seconds before startingthe vehicle normally.

. The passive door unlock featuremay not operate properly whileusing the RKE transmitter toopen the convertible top.

Keyless Access Operation

This vehicle has the KeylessAccess system that lets you unlockand unlatch the doors and accessthe boot without removing the RKEtransmitter from your pocket, purse,briefcase, etc. The RKE transmittermust be within 1 m (3 ft) of the doorbeing opened. There will be a touchpad on the inside of the doorhandles.

The Keyless Access system can beprogrammed to unlock both doorson the first door handle sensorpress from the driver door. SeeVehicle Personalisation 0 130.

Keyless Unlocking

Press the door handle sensor tounlock and open the doors if theRKE transmitter is within range. SeeVehicle Personalisation 0 130.

Passive Locking

Keyless Access will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least onetransmitter has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.

The fuel door will also lock atthis time.

The indicators may flash and thehorn may chirp to indicate that thevehicle is not deadbolt locked.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.



To customise whether the doorsautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see VehiclePersonalisation 0 130.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with adoor open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior dooris pressed, or until the vehicle isswitched on.

To customise the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see VehiclePersonalisation 0 130.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and aremote is left in the vehicle, the hornwill chirp three times after bothdoors are closed. To turn on or offsee Vehicle Personalisation 0 130.

Keyless Boot Opening

Press the hatch/trunk release touchpad to open the trunk if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.When the replacement transmitter isprogrammed to this vehicle allremaining transmitters must also beprogrammed. Any lost or stolentransmitters will no longer work

once the new transmitter isprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersprogrammed to it. See your dealerto program transmitters to thisvehicle.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display a NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART THE VEHICLE. messagewhen you try to start the vehicle.See Key and Lock Messages 0 123.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.



To start the vehicle:

1. Place the transmitter in thesteering column transmitterpocket with the buttons facingup and the base toward thepassenger side.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

{ Warning

Make sure that you dispose of oldbatteries in accordance withenvironmental protectionregulations to help protect theenvironment and your health.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

1. Press the button near thebottom of the transmitter andpull the key out.



2. Use the oval base of the keyblade to separate the twohalves of the transmitter.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the key release buttonand snap the transmitter backtogether.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outsidethe vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdemister may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear demist indicatorlight does not come on duringremote start.

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, mayturn on automatically. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 59.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

If the vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The RKE transmitter range may beless while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 25.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe indicator lamps flash. Thelamps flash to confirm therequest to remote start thevehicle has been received.

During the remote start, thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done.



3. To drive, have the RKEtransmitter in the vehicle, pressthe brake pedal, and then startthe vehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1–2 are repeated while theengine is still running. An extensioncan be requested, 30 seconds afterstarting. This provides a total of20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once per ignition cycle.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

After two remote starts, the vehicle'signition must be changed to ON/RUN/START and then back to OFFbefore the remote start procedurecan be used again.

Cancelling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warninglights.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The ignition is in any mode otherthan OFF.

. The transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The bonnet is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers - especiallychildren - can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. When adoor is locked it will notopen. You increase thechance of being thrown outof the vehicle in a crash ifthe doors are not locked.So, wear seat belts properlyand lock the doorswhenever you drive.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can suffer

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

permanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock your vehiclewhenever you leave it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopyour vehicle. Locking yourdoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock from the outside,press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

1. Door Handle Sensor2. Power Door Lock Switch3. Door Latch Button

For Keyless Access, hold the RKEtransmitter within 1 m (3 ft) of thedoor handle. Grip and press thedoor handle sensor (1) to open. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26. When thepassenger door is opened first, thedriver door will also unlock. Toprogram this feature, see VehiclePersonalisation 0 130.

To lock or unlock from the inside,use the power door lock switch (2).See Power Door Locks 0 33.

To open a door from the inside,press the door latch button (3).

Loss of Vehicle Electrical Power

If the vehicle has lost battery power,open the doors manually.

From Inside the Vehicle

Pull the driver door release handle.



Pull the passenger door releasehandle.

From Outside the Vehicle

Use the key to open the hatch/trunk.See Keys 0 24.

Pull the manual door releasehandle.

Free-Turning Locks

The hatch/trunk cylinder turns freelywhen either the wrong key is used,the correct key is not fully inserted,or something other than a key isused to access the vehicle. Thefree-turning door lock featureprevents the lock from beingforced open.

To reset the lock, turn it to thevertical position with the correct keyfully inserted. Remove the key andinsert it again.

If this does not reset the lock, turnthe key halfway around in thecylinder and repeat the resetprocedure.

Power Door Locks

Driver Door



Passenger Door

To lock or unlock the doors and fueldoor from inside the vehicle, pressQ or K on a power door lockswitch. The indicator light in theswitch will illuminate when the dooris locked.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Unlocked Door AntiLockout feature has been turned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again, or press Q on the RKEtransmitter, to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Centre (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalisation 0 130.

Automatic Door LocksWhen the doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park) for automatictransmissions, or the vehicle speed

is above 13 km/h (8 mph) formanual gearboxes, the doorswill lock.

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a power door lockswitch.

. If equipped with an automatictransmission, shift thetransmission into P (Park).

. If equipped with a manualgearbox, remove the key fromthe ignition when parked.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,and the power door lock switch ispressed with the driver door open,the doors will lock and only thedriver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and UnlockedDoor Anti Lockout is turned on, thedriver door is open, and doorlocking is requested using a doorlock switch or the RKE transmitter,both doors will lock and only thedriver door will unlock. The



Unlocked Door Anti Lockout featurecan be turned on or off using thevehicle personalisation menus.

See Vehicle Personalisation 0 130.

Lockout protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Doors

Hatch (Boot)

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with thetailgate, hatch/boot open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/boot or tailgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe tailgate or hatch/boot open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power tailgate,disable the power tailgatefunction.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 182.

Hatch/Boot Release

For automatic transmissions, thevehicle must be in P (Park).

For manual transmissions, thevehicle must be off or stationarywith the parking brake set. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 191.



To release the hatch/boot:

. Press}.

. Press and holdi on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System 0 25.

Press the hatch/boot release touchpad with the RKE transmitter withinrange or use the key in the keycylinder. See Keys 0 24.

Hatch/Boot Closing

Caution

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in the rear storagecompartments located in thehatch/boot area. The objectscould damage the underside ofthe hatch/boot.

The tailgate/boot has an electriclatch that will latch automatically.Use the pull cup to close the hatch/boot with light force.

Emergency Boot ReleaseHandle (Convertible)

Caution

Do not use the emergency bootrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the boot as it could damage thehandle.



There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency boot release handle onthe boot lid. This handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the bootfrom the inside.

After use, return to the storedposition.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindscreen, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the bonnet, or the hatch/boot is open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.



The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated ifthe passenger door, the hatch/boot,or the bonnet is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the indicatorsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorised event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated,do one of the following:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand both doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps three times, aprevious alarm occurred while thesystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.See Security Messages 0 127.

Power Sounder, InclinationSensor and Intrusion Sensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem also has an inclinationsensor and intrusion sensor.

The power sounder provides anaudible alarm which is different fromthe vehicle's horn. It has its ownpower source, and can sound analarm when the vehicle's battery iscompromised.

The inclination sensor can set offthe alarm if it senses movement ofthe vehicle, such as a change invehicle orientation.

The intrusion sensor monitors thevehicle interior, and can activate thealarm if it senses unauthorised entryinto the vehicle's interior. Do notallow passengers or pets to remainin the vehicle when the intrusionsensor is activated.

Before arming the theft-deterrentsystem and activating the intrusionsensor:

. Make sure both doors andwindows are completely closed.



. Secure any loose items such assunshades.

. Make sure there are noobstructions blocking thesensors.

Intrusion and InclinationSensors Disable Switch

It is recommended that the intrusionand inclination sensors bedeactivated if pets are left in thevehicle or if the vehicle is beingtransported.

With the vehicle turned off, pressdto the right of the tailgate/bootrelease button. The indicator lightwill come on momentarily, indicatingthat these sensors have beendisabled for the next alarm systemarming cycle.

Anti-theft Locking System

{ Warning

Do not use the system if there arepeople in the vehicle! The doorscannot be unlocked or openedfrom the inside.

The vehicle is equipped with adeadbolt locking feature in additionto the standard door locks.

The deadbolt is engaged wheneveryou press Q on the RKE transmittertwice within five seconds with alldoors closed and the vehicle off.The deadbolt lock can also beengaged with the Keyless Accesssystem. See “Keyless AccessOperation” under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 26.

When the doors are secured withthe deadbolt, they cannot beunlocked or opened using thecontrols or handles inside thevehicle.

Press K on the transmitter once toopen the deadbolt and unlock thedriver door. Pressing the buttonagain within five seconds will unlockall of the doors.

ImmobiliserSee Declaration ofConformity 0 309.

Immobiliser OperationThe vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The security light comes on in theinstrument cluster if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system. This lightalso comes on briefly when theengine is started.

The system is automatically armedwhen the ignition is turned off.



The immobilisation system isdisarmed when the ignition is placedin ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START and a valid transmitter isfound in the vehicle.

You do not have to manually arm ordisarm the system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters that are matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter starts the vehicle.The vehicle may not start if the RKEtransmitter is damaged.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light comes on, there maybe a problem with the immobilisersystem. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button again.

If the vehicle does not start and theRKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another RKEtransmitter. Or, place the transmitterin the transmitter pocket. See “NOREMOTE DETECTED” under Keyand Lock Messages 0 123. Checkthe fuse. See Fuses 0 247. If theengine still does not start with theother transmitter, the vehicle needs

service. If the engine does start, thefirst transmitter may be faulty. Seeyour dealer or have a new RKEtransmitter programmed to thevehicle.

The immobilizer system can learnnew or replacement RKEtransmitters. Up to eight RKEtransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The driver and passenger sidemirrors are convex shaped.A convex mirror's surface is curvedso more can be seen from thedriver seat.



Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press L (Left) or R (Right) toselect a mirror.

2. Press the control pad to adjustthe mirror.

3. Return the switch to the centreto deselect the mirror.

If the vehicle has the memoryfeature, a preferred mirror positioncan be stored. See MemorySeats 0 56.

Folding MirrorsTo fold, pull the mirror toward thevehicle. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

Heated MirrorsFor vehicles with heated mirrors:

1 : Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Demister” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 149.

Automatic DimmingMirrorThe driver outside mirrorautomatically adjusts for the glare ofheadlamps from behind.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the kerb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalisation 0 130.



Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Automatic Dimming RearView MirrorThe rearview mirror automaticallydims to reduce the glare of theheadlamps from behind. Thisfeature comes on when the vehicleis started.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous for manyreasons; children or others couldbe badly injured or even killed.They could operate the powerwindows or other controls or evenmake the vehicle move. Thewindows will function with theRKE transmitter in the vehicleand they could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Do notleave the RKE transmitter in avehicle with children.



The windows work when the vehicleis in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 179.

Press the switch to the first detent tolower the window. Pull to the firstdetent to raise the window. Releaseto stop at the desired position.

If windows are operated repeatedlyin short intervals, window operationis disabled for a short time.

Window Express Movement

Express-down/up allows thewindows to be opened or closedwithout holding the window switch.

Press the window switch fully to thesecond detent and release or pullthe switch to the second detent andquickly release it to engage. Brieflypress or pull the same switch tostop window movement.

Express Window ObstacleDetection

The express-up feature will reversewindow movement if it comes incontact with an object. Extreme coldor ice could cause the window toauto-reverse. The window willoperate as normal after the object orcondition is removed.

Obstacle Detection Override

{ Warning

If obstacle detection override isactivated, the window will notreverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before you use obstacle detectionoverride, make sure that allpeople and obstructions are clearof the window path.

The window can be closed byholding the window switch in the upposition if conditions prevent it fromexpress closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle's battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,follow these steps to program thewindow:

To program the window:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed, then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Press the power window switchuntil the window is fully openand briefly hold.



Window Operation withConvertible Top

Windows automatically lower fullywhen the convertible top is loweredor raised. See Convertible Top 0 48.To raise the windows, pull the switchto the second detent and release.

Window Indexing

If the window freezes to the door,push the top of the window inwardwhile opening the door. Clear all thesnow and ice from the door andglass.

Then open the window completelyand then close it.

The door can now be closed.

When fully closed, indexingautomatically lowers the window asmall amount when the door isopened. When the door is closed,the window will raise to its previousposition. If either window does notindex properly, it could be due toloss of power. Before seeing yourdealer for service, program thepower windows.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecentre mount to pivot to the sidewindow or, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Roof

Roof PanelIf equipped with a removable roofpanel, use the following proceduresto remove or install it.

Caution

If a roof panel is dropped orrested on its edges, the roofpanel, paint, and/orweatherstripping may bedamaged. Always place the roofpanel in the stowage receiversafter removing it from the vehicle.

Removing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

Do not remove a roof panel whilethe vehicle is moving. The panelcould fall into the vehicle andstrike an occupant and cause youto lose control. It could also fly off

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

and strike another vehicle.Remove the roof panel only whenthe vehicle is parked.

It may be necessary to have helpremoving the roof panel.

To remove:

1. Shift an automatic transmissioninto P (Park) or a manualtransmission into 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

2. Turn the ignition off and set thehandbrake.

3. Lower both sun visors.

4. Open the rear tailgate/boot andremove any items that mayinterfere with proper storage ofthe roof panel.

5. Lower the windows.

There are two release handleson the front and one releasehandle on the rear of the roofpanel.

6. To unlock the front releasehandles, pull them outward,turning fully.

7. Press the button on the front ofthe rear release handle tounlock it. The catch leverwill open.

8. Stand on one side of thevehicle and, if necessary, havesomeone stand on the otherside. Together, carefully lift thefront edge of the roof panel upand forward. Avoid droppingthe rear edge downward.

9. When the roof panel is loose,grasp it as close to the centreas possible and lift it away fromthe vehicle.

Storing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

If a roof panel is not storedproperly, it could be thrown aboutthe vehicle in a crash or suddenmanoeuvre. People in the vehiclecould be injured. Always use thestowage receivers.



Caution

Dirt, dust, or other contaminantson the removable roof panel orcargo shade could cause damageto the finish of the roof panel if itis stored under the shade.Remove the cargo shade whenstoring the roof in the rearcompartment.

1. Turn the roof panel so that thefront edge of the panel is facingthe front of the vehicle.

2. Insert the front of the roof panelso that the indents lie on top ofthe receivers.

3. Line up the rear roof panel pinsso that they drop into thereceivers on the back of thestorage area.

4. Press down firmly to seat thepins in the rear receivers.

Installing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

An improperly attached roof panelmay fall into or fly off the vehicle.You or others could be injured.After installing the roof panel,always check that it is firmlyattached by pushing up on theunderside of the panel. Checknow and then to be sure the roofpanel is firmly in place.

Caution

Installing the roof with the releasehandles in the closed positioncould cause damage to theinterior trim. Always movehandles to the open positionwhen installing the roof.

It is easier if two people install theroof panel.



To install:

1. Shift an automatic transmissioninto P (Park). Shift a manualtransmission into 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

2. Turn the ignition off and set thehandbrake.

3. To remove the roof panel, pullup on the rear edge andremove it from thestorage area.

4. Carefully place the roof panelover the top of the vehicle.

5. Position the rear edge of theroof panel next to theweatherstrip on the back of theroof opening. Then align and fitthe pins at the rear of the roofpanel inside the openings inthe rear overhead weatherstrip.Gently lower the front edge ofthe roof panel to the front of theroof opening.

6. Check that theweatherstripping on each sideof the roof panel is under thepanel.

7. Make sure the front releasehandles are in the full openposition.

8. Push the roof firmly downwardto engage the pins.

9. Turn the front release handlesinward so that they fully catchto the closed position. It iscritical that the handles fullylatch.

10. Push back and up on the rearrelease handle to insert thehook in the loop.

11. Push and pull the roof panel upand down and side to side toensure the roof panel issecurely installed.

Maintaining the Roof Panel

Caution

Using glass cleaner on a paintedroof panel could damage thepanel. The repairs would not be

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

covered by the vehicle warranty.Do not use glass cleaner on thepainted roof panel.

When cleaning, removing, and/orstoring the roof panel:

. Flush with water to remove dustand dirt, then dry the panel.

. Do not use abrasive cleaningmaterials on the panel.

Convertible TopIf equipped with a convertible top,review the following beforeoperating:

{ Warning

While opening or closing theconvertible top, people can beinjured by the moving parts of thetonneau cover or convertible top.Maintain visual contact with thetop while it is being operated.

Caution

Follow these guidelines whenoperating the convertible top ordamage can occur:

. Remove all items from theroof, boot lid, or tonneaucover before operating.

. Remove all objects from theboot that may contact theconvertible top when it isoperated.

. Do not leave the vehiclewith the convertibletop open.

. Do not exceed 50 km/h(31 mph) until the top hascompletely closed oropened.

. Do not open or close the topwhile driving in high windconditions.

. Do not operate theconvertible top multipletimes in a short period of

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

time without starting theengine to avoid draining thevehicle battery.

. Do not open or store theconvertible top when it isdirty or wet. This couldresult in stains, mildew,or other damage.

. Only store the vehicle withthe top fully closed.

Opening the Convertible Top —Instrument Panel Switch

1. Remove all objects from thetop of the tonneau cover andforward of the partition. Placethe partition in the rear storagearea in the upright position.Fasten both sides of thepartition to the posts just belowthe tonneau cover. See RearStorage 0 90.

2. Close the boot.

3. Start the vehicle or place it inACC/ACCESSORY.



4. When possible, operate theconvertible top when thevehicle is stopped. The top canbe operated while drivingbelow 50 km/h (31 mph) andwill stop if that speed isexceeded. The top operationwill take approximately25 seconds. Make sure the topoperation can be completedbefore that speed is reached.

5. Press and hold the bottom ofM. The windows willautomatically lower.

6. After the convertible top iscompletely open, a chimesounds and a DIC messagedisplays. Release the switch.

If the radio is on, the sound may bemuted for a brief time due to a newaudio system equalisation beingloaded.

Opening the Convertible Top —RKE Transmitter

1. Make sure the vehicle is off.

2. The boot partition must alreadybe in place and the bootclosed.

3. Keep visual contact with thevehicle. Press and release Kon the RKE transmitter andthen quickly press andholdM.

4. HoldM until the top iscompletely opened and theexterior lamps flash. A chimewill sound.

If the top stops before it hascompletely opened, press K and

then pressM again.

If the top still stops opening try thefollowing:

. Move closer to the vehicle.

. HoldM until the operation iscomplete.

. Interference from other RKEtransmitters or devices mayinterrupt the operation. Press Kand thenM again. If the topstill does not open use theconvertible switch in the vehicle.

The convertible top cannot beclosed using the RKE transmitter.

See Rear Storage 0 90.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26.

Closing the Convertible Top

1. Make sure the sun visor mirrorcovers are closed and the sunvisors are stored in the centermount position.

2. Remove all objects from thetop of the tonneau cover andforward of the partition. Placethe partition in the rear storagearea in the upright position.



Fasten both sides of thepartition to the posts just belowthe tonneau cover. See RearStorage 0 90.

3. Close the boot.

4. Start the vehicle or place it inACC/ACCESSORY.

5. When possible, operate theconvertible top when thevehicle is stopped. The top canbe operated while drivingbelow 50 km/h (31 mph) andwill stop if that speed isexceeded. The top operationwill take approximately25 seconds. Make sure the topoperation can be completedbefore that speed is reached.

6. Press and hold the top ofM.The windows will automaticallylower.

7. After the convertible top iscompletely closed, a chimesounds and a DIC messagedisplays. Release the switch.Raise the windows if needed.

If the radio is on, the sound may bemuted for a brief time due to a newaudio system equalisation beingloaded.

Troubleshooting

Check the following if theconvertible top switchM is notoperating:

. The ignition should be in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) should be active.

. The boot lid should be closedand the boot partition in place.A DIC message will display.

. If the ONLY MANUALOPERATION OF TOPPOSSIBLE message isdisplayed on the DIC, see“Manual Movement of Top” laterin this section.

. At cooler outside temperatures,the convertible top may notopen. It is possible to close thetop down to temperatures ofabout −20 °C (−4 °F). A DICmessage will display if the topwill not open due to lowtemperature. If necessary, movethe vehicle to a heated indoorarea to operate the top.

. If the top has recently beencycled repeatedly or left in anintermediate state, it will betemporarily disabled. A DICmessage displays. Normal



operation will be restored within10 minutes after the system hascooled.

. If the vehicle battery is low, thepower top operation may bedisabled. Try to start the vehicle.A DIC message displays.

. If the battery has recently beenreconnected or if the vehicle hasbeen jump started, the top maynot operate until the powerwindows have been indexed.Complete the power windowindexing procedure. See PowerWindows 0 42.

See Convertible TopMessages 0 120.

Other features may be affectedwhile operating the convertible top:

. The boot can only be openedwith the key until the convertibletop is completely opened orclosed.

. Do not try to start the vehiclewhile opening the top with theRKE transmitter. A DIC messagemay display. Release both

buttons and wait a few secondsbefore starting the vehiclenormally.

. The passive door unlock featuremay not operate properly whileusing the RKE transmitter toopen the convertible top.

. The windows cannot close whilethe top is moving.

. When driving with the top notfully secured, chimes can beheard above 80 km/h (50 mph).

If the vehicle battery has beendisconnected and reconnected, thefuses were pulled or replaced, or ajump start was performed, the TOPNOT SECURE message maydisplay. Press and holdM toopen/close the top until thismessage is cleared.


Partial Top Cycling

If the convertible top operation isstopped before completion, the topwill temporarily hold its position.If the ignition is in ACC/

ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,the top will be held for up tofive minutes. If the vehicle is movingor off, the amount of time will varyfrom a few seconds to about aminute.

Beeps and DIC messages will bedisplayed before the top will move.When this occurs, immediately finishthe convertible top operation bypressing the button again until itcompletes.

If the top cannot be secured, keepclear of the top components. Insome conditions the top may movequickly.

Do not drive with the convertible topin an unsecured position. The topcomponents may moveunexpectedly. In some cases thetop may not be able to be poweroperated. If this occurs, follow theDIC messages displayed.

If the tonneau cover is not securedand latched, and the vehicle ismoving above 10 km/h (6 mph), thetonneau cover may automaticallymove to a stable position.




Manual Movement of Top

If the DIC displays the ONLYMANUAL OPERATION OF TOPPOSSIBLE message:

1. PressM to either open orclose the top. Press the switchin the opposite direction if onedoes not work.

2. If the top moves, continuepressing the switch in thatdirection for at leastfive seconds. The top shouldthen work normally.

If the top does not respond in eitherdirection, use the followingprocedure to manually adjust theconvertible top and tonneau cover ifthey are retracted but not latched.This requires more than one person.

1. On each side of the tonneaucover, lift and pivot rearwardinto the fully open position.

2. Lift and pivot the convertibletop rearward into the fullystowed position.

If the convertible top does notoperate after this adjustment, closethe tonneau cover and take it toyour dealer for service.

Cleaning the Convertible Top

The convertible top should becleaned often. Do not usehigh-pressure car washes as thesemay cause water to enter thevehicle.

Hand wash the convertible top inpartial shade. Use mild soap,lukewarm water, and a soft sponge.A chamois or cloth may leave lint onthe top and a brush can chafe thethreads in the top fabric. Do not usedetergents, harsh cleaners,solvents, or bleaching agents.

Wet the entire top and let the soapremain on the fabric for a fewminutes. Wash evenly to avoidspots or rings. When the top is verydirty, use a mild foam-type cleaner.Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle,then let the top dry in direct sunlight.



To protect the convertible top:

. Make sure the convertible top iscompletely dry before lowering it.

. Do not get any cleaner on thevehicle's painted finish; it couldleave streaks.


54 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Front SeatsElectrically Operated SeatAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Reclining Seat Backrests . . . . . . 56Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Seat-Back Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Three-Point Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Seat-Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 65Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Airbag SystemAir-Bag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 68When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Passenger Sensing System . . . 71Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 75

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 76Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Infants and Young Children . . . . 79Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 81Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 83ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . 86

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front seats have headrestraints in the outboard seatingpositions that cannot be adjusted.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.


Seats and Restraints 55

Front Seats

Electrically Operated SeatAdjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seat Backrests 0 56.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 55.

Seat Travel Limit

If a seat is moved all the way to therear and/or the seatback is reclinedso that it makes contact with thecarpet, all rearward seat movementwill stop. Normal operation of theseat will resume when the seatbackis no longer in contact with thecarpet. This is normal.

If a seat is folded forward, allrearward or downward seatmovement will stop. Normaloperation will resume when the seatis returned to an upright position.

Lumbar Adjustment

To adjust the lumbar and bolstersupport (if equipped):

. Press and hold the controlforward to increase or rearwardto decrease lumbar support.

. If equipped, press and hold thecontrol upward to increase ordownward to decrease the sidebolster support.



Reclining Seat Backrests

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Memory Seats

If memory equipped, the 1, 2, SET,and S (Exit) buttons on the driverdoor are used to manually store andrecall memory settings for the driverseat, outside mirrors, and power tiltand telescoping steering column.

Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the 1 and 2buttons:

1. Place the ignition in ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Adjust the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and the power tilt andtelescoping steering column tothe desired driving positions.

3. Press and release SET. A beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold 1until two beeps sound.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 2.

To store exit positions and easy exitfeatures, repeat Steps 1–4 using S(Exit) to store your positions forgetting out of the vehicle.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, or S tomanually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Releasing



1, 2, or S before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions (Auto Memory Recall)

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the Auto(Automatic) Memory Recall featureautomatically recalls the currentdriver's previously stored 1 or 2position when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.

See “Auto Memory Recall” under“Comfort and Convenience” inVehicle Personalisation 0 130.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls, or press thepower tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn control.

Placing the ignition in OFF alsostops the recall

If the vehicle driver has changed, insome vehicles the Driver ID may bedisplayed for the first few ignitioncycles.

RKE transmitters are not labelledwith a number. If your memory seatposition is stored to 1 or 2 but thisposition is not automaticallyrecalling, then store your positionsto the other button or switch RKEtransmitters with the other driver.

Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalisation menu, the easy exitfeature recalls the previously storedExit positions when leaving thevehicle. See “Storing MemoryPositions” previously in this section.See also VehiclePersonalisation 0 130.

Easy exit recall automaticallyactivates when one of the followingoccurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver's door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver's door open.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, driver seat, outsidemirror, or power tilt and telescopingsteering column controls.

Seat Travel Limit

If the seat is folded forward ormoved rearward into contact withthe carpet, the seat must bereturned to an upright position ormoved forward off the carpet toregain operation.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power tilt andtelescoping steering column whilerecalling a memory position, therecall may stop. Remove theobstruction. Then do one of thefollowing:

. If automatically or manuallyrecalling the stored memoryposition, press and hold theappropriate manual control fortwo seconds. Try recalling againby pressing the appropriatememory button.

. If automatically recalling theposition, try recalling by openingthe driver door and pressing Kon the RKE transmitter.



. If recalling the exit position,press and hold the appropriatemanual control for the exitfeature not recalling fortwo seconds. Then try recallingthe exit position again.

If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.

Seat-Back Latches

If equipped, lift the latch to fold aseatback forward.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To return a seatback to the sittingposition, push the seatbackrearward. Push and pull on the seatbackrest to make sure it is locked inplace.

{ Warning

When returning the seatbackupright, make sure the safety beltis routed properly and is notcaught behind the seatback latch.You could be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearing thesafety belt properly. See How toWear Safety Belts Properly 0 61.

In some vehicles, when theseatback is folded forward, somepower seat adjustments may not be



available. See Electrically OperatedSeat Adjustment 0 55 and RecliningSeat Backrests 0 56.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

Driver and Redundant PassengerControls

If equipped, the driver buttons areon the centre stack. To operate, theignition must be on.

Press C or M on the left side of theclimate control panel to ventilate orheat the driver seat. A ventilatedseat has a fan that pulls or pushesair through the seat. The air is notcooled.

Passenger Controls

The passenger buttons are also onthe right side of the instrumentpanel under the air vent. Press L or{ to heat or ventilate the passengerseat. The driver can also turn on oroff the passenger heated andventilated seats using the buttonson the right side of the climatecontrol panel.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsshow three for the highest settingand one for the lowest. If the heated



seats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start (if equipped),the heated or ventilated seats canbe turned on automatically. When itis cold outside, the heated seatsturn on, and when it is hot outsidethe ventilated seats turn on. Theheated or ventilated seats arecancelled when the ignition is turnedon. Press the heated or ventilatedseat button to use the heated orventilated seats after the vehicle isstarted.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalisation menu. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 30 andVehicle Personalisation 0 130.

Seat BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to travelin a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 104.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windscreen, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be - whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chances of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, aremuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts - not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all regions, thelaw requires wearing safetybelts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 77 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 79. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Always wear the shoulderbelt over the shoulder andacross the chest. Use thesafety belt guide, if needed,to position the shoulder beltover the shoulder andacross the chest.

Three-Point BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.



GT Seat Shown, CompetitionSport Seat Similar

1. The seat has a safety beltguide. The safety belt guidehelps position the shoulder beltover the shoulder and acrossthe chest of smaller adults andolder children who haveoutgrown booster seats. To usethe safety belt guide, slide theedge of the belt webbingthrough the opening on theguide. Be sure the belt is nottwisted. If a child will be ridingin the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 77 or Infants andYoung Children 0 79.

2. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see"Seats" in the Index.

3. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraint

locking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 71.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure.



Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlock

the webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your retailer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or aroll-over event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's safety

belt system will need to be replaced.See Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 66.

Do not sit on the outboard safetybelt while entering or exiting thevehicle or at any time while sitting inthe seat. Sitting on the safety beltcan damage the webbing andhardware.

Seat-Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.



A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the foetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the foetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety System CheckCheck that the seat belt reminder,seat belts, buckles, latch plates, andretractors, are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged seat belt system parts thatmight keep a seat belt system fromperforming properly. See yourdealer to have it repaired. Torn orfrayed safety belts may not protectyou in a crash. They can rip apartunder impact forces. If a belt is tornor frayed, have it replacedimmediately.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 104.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Seat Belt Care 0 65.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Safety belts should be properlycared for and maintained.

Safety belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris.Exterior hard surfaces and safetybelt webbing may be lightly cleanedwith mild soap and water asnecessary. Ensure there is notexcessive dust or debris in themechanism. If dust or debris existsin the system please see the dealer.Parts may need to be replaced toensure proper functionality of thesystem.



Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies and safety beltguides inspected or replaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 105.

{ Warning

Safety procedures must befollowed at all times whendisposing of the vehicle or vehicleparts. Disposal should beperformed only by an authorisedservice centre, to help protect theenvironment and your health.

Airbag System

Air-Bag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the centre of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.



Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 69.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbags

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

are “supplemental restraints” tothe safety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear the safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 77 orInfants and Young Children 0 79.



There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster whichshows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 105.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecentre of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the sides ofthe seatbacks closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be kept

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Air-Bag System 0 66.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine the

severity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is travelling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break out



of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 68.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 69.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal and seat-mountedside impact airbags inflate, theyquickly deflate, so quickly that somepeople may not even realise theairbags inflated. Some componentsof the airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbag modules, see What Makesan Airbag Inflate? 0 69.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windscreen or being able tosteer the vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problems

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

for people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone shouldleave the vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnthe interior lamps on, turn on thehazard warning flashers and shut offthe fuel system after the airbagsinflate. The feature may alsoactivate, without airbag inflation,after an event that exceeds apredetermined threshold. You canlock the doors, turn the interiorlamps off and turn the hazardwarning flashers off by using thecontrols for those features.



{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windscreens arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windscreen breakagemay also occur from the frontpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, the

airbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor your vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 309.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag system.Improper service can mean thatthe airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the instrument panelwhen the vehicle is started.

The symbol for on and off will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the symbol for onor off will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 105.

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand safety belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly-seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag should beallowed to inflate or not.



According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Rear-facing child restraints shouldnot be transported in the vehicle,even if the airbag is off.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is turned off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,the off indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag is off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 105.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag to beenabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbag is active.



For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 105 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If achild restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints 0 86.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat belt

lock-off. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbag for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child's size. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the child when arear seat is not available. Never puta rear-facing child restraint in thefront seat, even if the ON indicatoris not lit.



If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centred on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle manoeuvres andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.



A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

airbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

{ Warning


Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal, may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing any



parts of the front seats, safety belts,the airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, any of the airbag modules,front sensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery or trim, or withGM covers, upholstery or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passenger

airbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger SensingSystem 0 71.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, see your dealer.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 105.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbag

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

coverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 68. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have them

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

inspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 105.

{ Warning


Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Fasten the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, return to the booster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulder



belt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

restrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.



Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance travelled nor the age andsize of the traveller changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child's neck.If the shoulder belt is locked and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tightened around a child's neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a child

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

will become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on aperson's arms. An infant or childshould be secured in anappropriate restraint.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rearward-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. Therestraint manufacturer's instructionsthat come with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.



{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat-belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle around thechild's abdomen. In a crash, thebelt would apply force on a bodyarea that is unprotected by anybony structure. This alone couldcause serious or fatal injuries. Toreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries during a crash, youngchildren should always besecured in appropriate childrestraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.



Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 77.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle's safety belt,following the instructions thatcame with that child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a three-point belt.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.

The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle - even when no child isin it.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if it is not properlysecured in the child restraint.Secure the child properlyfollowing the instructions thatcame with that child restraint.



Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

{ Warning

NEVER use a rearward-facingchild restraint on a seat protectedby an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front ofit; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURYto the CHILD can occur.

{ Danger

When using a child restraintsystem on the front passengerseat, the airbag systems for the

(Continued)

Danger (Continued)

front passenger seat must bedeactivated; if not, the triggeringof the airbags poses a risk of fatalinjury to the child.

This is especially the case ifrear-facing child restraint systemsare used on the frontpassenger seat.

When securing a child restraint inthe front passenger position, studythe instructions that came with yourchild restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or ISOFIX anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inyour vehicle - even when no child isin it.



ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems Installation Suitability

Mass Group Class Size FixtureVehicle ISOFIX Positions

Passenger

Carrycot F ISO/L1 X

G ISO/L2 X

0(up to 10 kg)

E ISO/R1 X

0+(up to 13 kg)

E ISO/R1 X

D ISO/R2 X

C ISO/R3 X

I(9 to 18 kg)

D ISO/R2 X

C ISO/R3 X

B ISO/F2 X

B1 ISO/F2X X

A ISO/F3 X

X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in this mass group and/or this size class.

IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraint systems of universal category approved for use in the massgroup.

IL = Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraint systems of the “specific vehicle,” “restricted,” or “semi-universal”categories.



Child Restraint Systems Installation Suitability

Mass GroupSeating Positions

Passenger

Group 0 Up to 10 kg X

Group 0 + Up to 13 kg X

Group I 9 to 18 kg X

Group II 15 to 25 kg X

Group III 22 to 36 kg X

X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.

U = Suitable for “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.

UF = Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.

L = Suitable for particular child restraints of the “specific vehicle,” “restricted,” or “semi-universal” categories.

B = Built-in restraint approved for this mass group.

ISOFIX Size Class and SeatDevice:

A - ISO/F3 : Forward-facing childrestraint system for children ofmaximum size in the weight class 9to 18 kg.

B - ISO/F2 : Forward-facing childrestraint system for smaller childrenin the weight class 9 to 18 kg.

B1 - ISO/F2X : Forward-facing childrestraint system for smaller childrenin the weight class 9 to 18 kg.

C - ISO/R3 : Rear-facing childrestraint system for children ofmaximum size in the weight classup to 13 kg.

D - ISO/R2 : Rear-facing childrestraint system for smaller childrenin the weight class up to 13 kg.

E - ISO/R1 : Rear-facing childrestraint system for young childrenin the weight class up to 13 kg.



ISOFIX Child RestraintSystemsSome child restraints have anISOFIX system. As part of theISOFIX system, your child restraintmay have lower attachments and/ora top tether. The ISOFIX systemcan help hold the child restraint inplace during driving or in a crash.Some vehicles have lower and/ortop tether anchors designed tosecure a child restraint with lowerattachments and/or a top tether.

Some child restraints with a toptether are designed to be usedwhether the top tether is anchoredor not. Other child restraints requirethat the top tether be anchored.A national or local law may requirethat the top tether be anchored.

Your vehicle does not have loweranchors or top tether anchors tosecure a child restraint with theISOFIX system. If a national or locallaw requires that your top tether beanchored, do not use a childrestraint in this vehicle because atop tether cannot be properlyanchored. You must use the safety

belts to secure your child restraint inthis vehicle, unless a national orlocal law requires that the top tetherbe anchored. Refer to the childrestraint instructions andinstructions in this manual forsecuring a child restraint using thevehicle's safety belts. See SecuringChild Restraints 0 86.

Securing Child RestraintsThis vehicle has airbags. Inaddition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 71and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 105 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

{ Warning

NEVER use a rearward-facingchild restraint on a seat protectedby an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front ofit; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURYto the CHILD can occur.

{ Danger

When using a child restraintsystem on the front passengerseat, the airbag systems for thefront passenger seat must bedeactivated; if not, the triggeringof the airbags poses a risk of fatalinjury to the child.

This is especially the case ifrear-facing child restraint systemsare used on the frontpassenger seat.



Rear-facing child restraints shouldnot be installed in the vehicle, evenif the airbag is off.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or thebackrest to an upright position,

if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the off indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 105.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

Remove the safety belt fromthe guide by sliding thewebbing through the openingon the guide. Do not secure thechild restraint with the safetybelt routed through the guide.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that theseat belt could be quicklyunfastened if necessary.



5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the off indicator inthe passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 71.

To remove the child restraint,unfasten the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.

If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Return the seat belt into the guideby sliding the webbing through theopening on the guide.


Storage 89

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 89Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 89Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Centre Console Storage . . . . . . . 91

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Press the button to lower the displayand access the storage behind it.

There is a USB port in the upper leftcorner. See “Audio Players” in theinfotainment manual.

Press the button again to raise thedisplay and close the storage area.

The storage area cannot beoperated when Valet Mode,if equipped, is enabled. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 130.

Keep the storage area closed whennot in use.

Glove Box


90 Storage

To open, press the button.If equipped, the glove box lockswhen Valet Mode is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalisation 0 130.

Cupholders

Press the top of the cover to accessthe cupholders. There is aremovable divider.

Rear Storage

Caution

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in the rear storagecompartments located in thehatch/boot area. The objectscould damage the underside ofthe hatch/boot.

Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar

There is storage on the driver sidein the floor of the hatch/boot area.Pull up to open the cover.

Rear Boot Partition

If equipped with a convertible top,there is a boot partition to keepcargo from getting in the way of theconvertible top. The boot partitionmust be in place for the convertibletop to move. If the boot partition isnot properly in place, a message willdisplay and a noise will be heard.See Convertible TopMessages 0 120.

Convertible Only

Pull the divider up and snap it intoplace on both sides of the boot.


Storage 91

The boot partition is a flat carpetedboard with a horizontal flap that canbe attached to the top of the boot toprovide additional storage space.

With the convertible top up, the bootpartition can be unsnapped and laidflat to increase boot cargo space.

Centre Console Storage

Caution

The area inside the console canget hot. Do not store items thatcan be damaged by heat.

To open, press the button on thedriver side.

There are two USB ports and anaccessory outlet inside. See PowerSockets 0 96 and “Audio Players” inthe infotainment manual.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo CoverIf equipped, the cargo coverprovides hidden storage in the reararea of the vehicle. The cover alsoblocks glare from the removableroof panel when it is stored in therear compartment.

The cargo cover has two pieces: aflat and an L-shaped piece.

Attaching the Flat Cargo Cover


92 Storage

Attach the elastic loops on the fourcorners of the cargo cover to thehooks on the front and rear cornersof the hatch.

Attaching the L-Shaped CargoCover

1. Attach the plastic loops on thecover to the tie-downs on thefloor (1) and to the sidepanels (2).

2. Attach the rear loops on thecover to the hooks on the sidepanels (3).

Do not use the cargo cover hooksand tie-downs to secure anythingbut the cargo cover. They are notdesigned for heavy loads.

Cargo Tie-DownsThe cargo tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads under the cargonet inside the trunk.

Cargo Net

If equipped, unfold the cargo netand fasten the front hooks (1) to thefront tie-downs in the cargo area.

Pull the net over any items loadedonto the floor and fasten the rearhooks (2) to the rear tie-downs.

Convenience Net

The vehicle may have aconvenience net to be used forsmall loads. Attach the net to thehooks on the rear of the storagearea. The net should not be used tostore heavy loads.


Instruments and Controls 93

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 94Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 94Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Windscreen Wiper/Washer . . . . . 94Headlamp Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Power Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 104Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 105Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 106

Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 107

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Gear Shifting Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Stability ControlLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Tyre Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 112Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 112Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 113Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 113Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 113Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 113Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 114Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCentre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 116

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Brake System Messages . . . . . 120Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 120Convertible Top Messages . . . 120Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 122Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 122Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 123Engine Power Messages . . . . . 123Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 123Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 123Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Airbag System Messages . . . . 127Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 127Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 127Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Tyre Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Transmission Messages . . . . . . 128


94 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 129Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 129Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Vehicle PersonalisationVehicle Personalisation . . . . . . . 130

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Both the tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn positions can be stored withyour memory settings. See MemorySeats 0 56.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

HornPress near or on the horn symbolson the steering wheel pad to soundthe horn.

Windscreen Wiper/Washer

The windscreen wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windscreen wiper stalk toselect the wiper speed.



HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windscreen iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindscreen, blocking your vision.

nL : Pull the windscreen wiperlever toward you to spray washerfluid and activate the wipers. Thewipers will continue until the lever isreleased or the maximum wash timeis reached. When the stalk isreleased, additional wipes mayoccur depending on how long thewindscreen washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 235for information on filling thewindscreen washer fluid reservoir.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windscreen before usingthem. If frozen to the windscreen,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 244.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windscreen wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windscreen.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindscreen washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windscreen.

Headlamp WasherThe headlamp washers are on thefront fascia forward of theheadlamps.

The headlamps must be on in orderto use the headlamp washers. If theheadlamps are not on, only thewindscreen will be washed.

Pull the wiper lever toward you andhold briefly to activate. Theheadlamp washers will spray once,pause, and spray again. Theheadlamp washer will spray againafter five windscreen wash cycles.

To refill the windscreen washer fluid,see Washer Fluid 0 235.



ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.

Setting the Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, touchthe SETTINGS infotainmentdisplay button and touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Time and touch + or− to increase or decreasehours, minutes, and AM or PM.Touch 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or24 hour clock.

3. Touch } to go back to theprevious menu.

If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

To set the date:

1. Touch the SETTINGSinfotainment display button andtouch Time and Date.

2. Touch Set Date and touch + or− to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.


To set the clock display:

1. Touch the SETTINGSinfotainment display button andtouch Time and Date.

2. Touch Clock Display and touchOFF or ON to turn the clockdisplay off or on.


Power SocketsUse the accessory power outlet toplug in electrical equipment, such asa mobile phone or MP3 player.

There are three accessory poweroutlets:

. In front of the cupholder. Openthe door compartment to access.

. Inside the centre consolestorage compartment.

. In the rear compartment.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

The power outlets in front of thecupholder and inside the centreconsole storage compartment arepowered when the ignition is in ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY,or until the driver door is openedwithin 10 minutes of turning off thevehicle. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 179.

The rear compartment power outletis powered at all times. Thevehicle's battery may run down ifthe power outlet is used while theignition is in Stopping the Engine/OFF. Use this power outlet forplugging in the battery maintainer,if equipped.



{ Warning

Power is always supplied to theboot outlet. Do not leave electricalequipment plugged in when thevehicle is not in use because thevehicle could catch fire and causeinjury or death.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,ensure that you follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 210.

It is recommended that a qualifiedtechnician or dealer be seen for theproper installation of yourequipment.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas mobile phone charge cords.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

Sport Theme Shown, Other Themes Similar



Z06 Sport Theme Shown, Other Themes Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

There are four instrument clusterdisplay configurations to choosefrom: Link to Drive Mode, Sport,Track, and Tour. The style of thecentre of the instrument cluster willchange depending on the themeselected. If Link to Drive Mode ischosen, the cluster configuration willchange to match the setting on thedriver mode control on the console.See Driver Mode Control 0 195.If Weather or Eco are selected withthe driver mode control, the clusterwill display the Tour theme.

Sport

Includes a circular tachometercentred in the display. The DIC iscontained within the tachometer

ring. Additionally, there are twoconfigurable pocket gauges in thelower left and right corners.

Track

Includes an asymmetric tachometerwith prominent red-line markingsand a lap timer that shows thecurrent, previous, and best lap.

Tour

Includes a partial tachometer ring.The DIC is contained within thetachometer ring. There is also anarea used to display icons orimages for the DIC or phonecontacts.

The instrument cluster displayconfiguration is selected through thecluster menu. See “Settings” under“Cluster Menu” following.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the centre of the instrumentcluster.



Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Usew orx to scrollthrough the list of applications.

. Info. This is where you can viewthe Driver Information Centre(DIC) displays. See DriverInformation Centre (DIC) 0 114.

. Performance

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation (If Equipped)

. Settings

Performance

Press SEL to enter the Performancemenu. Usew orx to scrollthrough the available items.

G-force : Gives the driver anindication of the vehicleperformance in cornering. TheG-force is displayed in the centre ofthe DIC as a numerical value.

Friction Bubble : A four quadrantvisual display, indicative of the fourcorners of the car, with a “bubble”showing where the most inertia isbeing exerted on the vehicle.

Performance Timer : Press pwhen Performance Timer isdisplayed to enter the menu. Pressp while Set Start Speed ishighlighted then usew orx toenter the start speed. Press SEL tosave it. Press p while Set End

Speed is highlighted then usew orx to enter the end speed. PressSEL to save it. After the start andend speeds have been entered,press o to return to the DIC and

follow the on-screen instructions. Onthe next acceleration, theperformance time will record thetime. To reset the timer, highlightReset on the performance timermenu and press SEL.

Lap Timer : Press p when LapTimer is displayed to start, stop,or reset the lap timer. A stopwatchicon will be displayed when the laptimer is active. Press SEL while theLap Timer page is active to start thetimer. If the lap timer is active,pressing SEL on any page will stopthe current lap timer and start a newlap. Also, pressing and holding SELon any page will stop the lap timer.

Coolant Temperature : Shows thecurrent coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Oil Temperature : Shows thecurrent oil temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Oil Pressure : Shows the current oilpressure in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).



Battery Voltage : Shows thecurrent battery voltage.

Transmission FluidTemperature : Shows thetemperature of the transmission fluidin either degrees Celsius (°C) ordegrees Fahrenheit (°F).

Tyre Temperature : Shows tyretemperature status as either Cold,Warm, or Hot. Warm is typical fornormal driving while Hot is typicalfor aggressive driving. Unknownmay be displayed if tyre temperatureinformation is unavailable.

eLSD and Wheel Slip : Displayswhen the Electronic Limited-SlipDifferential (eLSD) is active andintervening with the vehicle's normaloperation. The display also displaysslip percentage in a range of low,medium, and high. See Limited-SlipDifferential 0 202.

Audio

While the audio app is open, useworx to change the radio station orseek to the next or previous track,depending on the current audiosource. Press SEL to enter the

Audio menu. In the Audio menubrowse for music, select from thefavourites, or change the audiosource.

Phone

Press SEL to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recentcalls, or scroll through contacts.If there is an active call, mute orunmute the phone or switch tohandset or hands-free operation.

Navigation

If equipped, press SEL to enter theNavigation menu. Displays a map orturn by turn directions. If there is noactive route, press p to resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an activeroute, press SEL to cancel routeguidance or turn the voice promptson/off.

Settings

Press SEL to enter the Settingsmenu. Usew orx to scrollthrough items in the Settings menu.

Units : Press p while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose US or Metric units bypressing SEL while the desired itemis highlighted.

Display Theme : Press p to enterthe Display Theme menu. Selectfrom Link to Drive Mode, Track,Sport, or Tour for the cluster theme.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press p when Speed Warning isdisplayed. Enable the speedwarning and then usew orx toadjust the value. Press SEL to setthe speed. Once the speed is set,this feature can be turned off bypressing SEL while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed with a chime.

Pocket Gauges : Press p whilePocket Gauges is displayed to enterthe menu and select gauges thatcan be displayed for the Sporttheme on the left or right of the



display area. Choose from OilPressure Gauge, Oil TemperatureGauge, Battery Voltage, GearboxFluid Temperature Gauge,Horsepower or a blank gauge.

Software Info : Displays opensource software information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometresper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

MileometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometres or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCentre (DIC). See DriverInformation Centre (DIC) 0 114.

Rev CounterThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm inthe warning area.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is stilla little fuel left, but the fuel tankshould be filled soon.



Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilise after the ignition isturned on and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the gauge pointer moves to thehigh end, the engine is too hot.

This reading indicates the samething as the warning light. It meansthat the engine coolant hasoverheated. If the vehicle has beenoperating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 233.

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor chimecomes on.



Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light on the instrumentpanel cluster.

When the vehicle is started this lightflashes and a chime may come onto remind passengers to fasten theirsafety belt. Then the light stays onsolid until the belt is buckled. Thiscycle continues several times if thepassenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger safety belt isfastened, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,shopping bag, laptop or other

electronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Air-BagSystem 0 66.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Centre(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag SystemMessages 0 127.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 71 for importantsafety information. The passengerairbag status indicator is on theinstrument panel.



When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light the symbol for on and offfor several seconds as a systemcheck. Then, after several moreseconds, the status indicator willlight either the on or off symbol to letyou know the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If the on symbol is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag is allowedto inflate.

If the off symbol is lit on the airbagstatus indicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour retailer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 105 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.It should go out when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays on or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Centre (DIC) alsodisplays a message. See BatteryVoltage and ChargingMessages 0 120.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.



Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle'semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Only Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 176.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tyres that do notmeet the original tyrespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle's ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 212.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill gradients.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourretailer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on continuously : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 208.



The diagnostic system candetect if the adapter has beenleft installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeFuel 0 207.

If the light remains on, see yourretailer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 210. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is in ServiceOnly Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine driving

before the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your retailer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a problem with the brakingsystem. Have the brake systeminspected immediately.



This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a basic braking systemproblem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

The parking brake status lightcomes on when the parking brake isapplied. If the light continuesflashing after the parking brake isreleased, or while driving, there is aproblem with the electric parkingbrake system or another system.A message may also display in theDriver Information Centre (DIC).See Brake SystemMessages 0 120.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

The service electric parking brakelight should come on briefly whenstarting the vehicle. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake 0 191. If a messagedisplays in the Driver InformationCentre (DIC), see Brake SystemMessages 0 120.



Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe anti-lock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's anti-lock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourretailer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 108 and Brake SystemMessages 0 120.

Gear Shifting Light

This light comes on when a gearshift is recommended for best fueleconomy. When the arrow is pointedup, an upshift is recommended.When the arrow is pointed down, adownshift is recommended. Thenumber displayed with the arrowindicates the recommended gear.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/Stability Controlbutton.

This light and the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) OFF light come onwhen ESC is turned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.




Traction Control System(TCS)/Electronic StabilityControl Light

If equipped, the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) or TCS indicator/warning light comes on briefly whenthe engine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the ESCsystem have been disabled.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theESC system is actively working.


Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when the ESCsystem is turned off. If ESC is off,the Traction Control System (TCS)is also off.

If the ESC and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe ESC systems and the warninglight turns off.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally theindicator light goes off.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 233.



The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.See Engine Overheating 0 233.

Tyre Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tyre PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tyre pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tyres are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Centre (DIC)tyre pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tyre Messages 0 128.Stop as soon as possible, and

inflate the tyres to the pressurevalue shown on the Tyre andLoading Information label. See TyrePressure 0 259.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tyre Pressure MonitorOperation 0 262.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating range

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

and the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.



Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicle

serviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See ImmobiliserOperation 0 39.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp Main/Dipped-BeamChanger 0 137.

Rear Fog Lamp Light

This light comes on when the rearfog lamps are in use.

See Rear Fog Lamps 0 139.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 136.



Cruise Control Light

For vehicles with cruise control, thecruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise controlis set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 202.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCentre (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in thecentre of the instrument cluster inthe Info application. See InstrumentCluster 0 98. Info is only availablewhen the vehicle is in ON/RUN. Thedisplays show the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the right steeringwheel control.

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press o to openapplication menus on the left.Press p to open interaction menuson the right.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info displays.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

Current Speed : Displays thevehicle speed in either kilometresper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

Trip A or B/Average FuelEconomy/Average Speed : Tripdisplays the current distancetravelled, in either kilometres (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.



Average Fuel Economy displays theapproximate average litres per 100kilometres (L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average FuelEconomy can be reset by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Average Speed displays theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometres per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Fuel Range/Instantaneous FuelEconomy : Fuel Range displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refuelling.LOW will be displayed when the

vehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Instantaneous Fuel Economydisplays the current fuel economy ineither litres per 100 kilometres (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange.

This display may also show thenumber of cylinders the vehicle isrunning on. See Active FuelManagement® 0 181.

Oil Life : Displays an estimate ofthe oil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 123.The oil should be changed as soon

as possible. See Engine Oil 0 220.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule booklet.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 225.

Tyre Pressure : Displays theapproximate pressures of all fourtyres. Tyre pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tyre isshown in amber. See Tyre PressureMonitor System 0 261 and TyrePressure Monitor Operation 0 262.



Best Average Fuel Economy :Displays the average fuel economy,the best fuel economy over theselected distance, and a bar graphshowing instantaneous fueleconomy. Press p to change theselected distance.

Fuel Used/Timer : Displays theapproximate litres (L) orgallons (gal) of fuel that have beenused since last reset. The fuel usedcan be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

This display can also be used as atimer. To start/stop the timer, pressp while this display is active andthen SEL to start/stop the timer. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To reset the timer to zero,press and hold SEL or use p toaccess the menu while this displayis active.

ECO Index : Aids the driver indetermining how efficiently they aredriving.

This display may also show thenumber of cylinders the vehicle isrunning on. See Active FuelManagement® 0 181.

Speed Limit : Displays signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the onboardnavigation.

Engine Hours/Lifetime Revs :Displays the total number of hoursthe engine has run. It also showstotal engine revolutions divided by10,000.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

HUD projects some informationconcerning the operation of thevehicle onto the windscreen.

The HUD information appears as animage focused out toward the frontof the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD imageas a parking aid, you maymisjudge the distance anddamage your vehicle. Do not usethe HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages. Thespeedometer reading and othernumerical values can be displayedin either English or metric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed throughthe instrument cluster. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 130 and “Settings”under Instrument Cluster 0 98.

The HUD may display differentalerts and information for vehiclesequipped with these features:

. Speedometer

. Rev Counter



. Shift Light

This light is used forperformance driving to indicatethat the vehicle's bestperformance level has beenreached to shift the transmissioninto the next higher gear. Anarrow pointing up will light up onthe display just prior to reachingthe engine fuel cut-off mode.

. Lap Timer

. G-Force Meter

. Audio Information

. Upcoming Manoeuvre fromOnBoard Navigation

. Incoming Call

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel on the instrumentpanel.

To adjust the HUD image so thatitems are properly displayed:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Use the following settings toadjust the HUD.

$ : Lift up or press down to adjustthe HUD image up or down.

! : Press to select the displayview. Each press will cause thedisplay view to change to the nextview. If vehicle messages aredisplayed, pressing the DIC selectbutton may clear the message. SeeDriver Information Centre(DIC) 0 114.

D : Lift up and hold to brightenthe display. Press down and hold todim the display. Hold down to turnthe display off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUDbrightness control can also beadjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarilylight up depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarised sunglasses could makethe HUD image harder to see.

Display Views

There are several HUD views thatcan be displayed:

Tour : Displays the vehicle speed,gear position, and shift indicator.



Sport : Displays the vehicle speed,a circular tachometer, shift indicator,and G-Force meter.

Track : Displays the vehicle speed,a linear tachometer, gear position,shift lights, and G-Force meter.

Timing : Displays a lineartachometer, gear position, shiftlights, and performance or lap timer.The performance or lap timercontent displayed depends on whichfeature is currently in use in theinstrument cluster. See InstrumentCluster 0 98.

Interrupts

The interrupt information temporarilydisplays in any HUD view. Oncedisplayed, HUD returns to theprevious HUD view. Interrupts mayinclude:

. Audio Information

. Navigation Turn-by-TurnInformation

. Incoming Call Information

. Vehicle Alerts

Audio : May display when a newsource, radio station, or media typeis selected.

Navigation : Turn-by-turnnavigation information may bedisplayed when Navigation is activeand an upcoming manoeuvre ispending. It appears until themanoeuvre is complete and then theHUD display returns to theprevious view.



Phone : May display when anincoming call is received from aBluetooth connected phone.It appears momentarily until the callis answered or ignored.

Vehicle Alerts : Alerts can bedismissed in the instrument cluster.All alerts are not displayed inthe HUD.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windscreento remove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity ofthe HUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipethe lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:

. Nothing is covering theHUD lens.

. HUD brightness setting is nottoo dim or too bright.

. HUD is adjusted to the properheight.

. Polarised sunglasses arenot worn.

. Windscreen and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windscreen is part of the HUDsystem. See WindshieldReplacement 0 245.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SEL. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on the vehiclecontent.



Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features ofthe vehicle that may be noticed. Atthe point that features are disabled,this message displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allowthe battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. SeeBattery 0 237.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message is displayed whenthere is a fault in the batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 236.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theElectric Parking Brake is on whilethe vehicle is in motion. See ElectricParking Brake 0 191.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayedwhen there is a problem with thebrake boost assist system. Whenthis message is displayed, the brakeboost assist motor might be heardoperating and you might noticepulsation in the brake pedal. This isnormal under these conditions. Takethe vehicle to your dealer forservice.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed whenthere is a problem with the parkingbrake. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 191.

Compass MessagesDashes may be displayed if thevehicle temporarily losescommunication with the GlobalPositioning System (GPS).

Convertible TopMessagesThe following messages are forvehicles with a powerconvertible top.

ATTACH TRUNK PARTITIONTO OPERATE TOP

This message displays and a soundwill be heard if the boot partition isnot in place. Open the hatch/bootand make sure the boot partition issecure and no objects are on theboot partition.



BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO LOW– TOP DISABLED

This message displays when thebattery voltage is too low to operatethe convertible top.

CLOSE BOOT TO MOVE TOP

This message displays if the boot isopen while you are trying to operatethe convertible top. Make sure theboot is closed before operating theconvertible top.

FOLDING TOP MOTIONCOMPLETE

This message displays when the topsuccessfully completes an open/close cycle.

FOLDING TOP NOT SECURECOMPLETE TOP MOTION

This message occurs if the top isnot secure. Several beeps willsound. Complete the power open orpower close cycle for the top. If it isnot possible to move the top to afully open or fully closed position,

make sure that all objects are clearof the path of the top systemcomponents.

ONLY MANUAL OPERATIONOF TOP POSSIBLE

This message indicates that theposition of the top cannot be fullydetermined by the power convertibletop controls. Try moving the top inthe other direction. This messagewill also be displayed if a fault isdetected by the convertible topcontrols. See “Manual Movement ofTop” under Convertible Top 0 48.

REDUCE VEHICLE SPEED TOOPERATE TOP

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed exceeds or isapproaching the convertible topspeed cut off.

TEMPERATURE TOO LOW –TOP DISABLED

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when the powerconvertible top switch is pressedand it is too cold to operate thepower convertible top. Move the

vehicle to a warmer location andwait for the vehicle temperature torise. This may take several hoursdepending on the initial vehicletemperature and the temperature ofthe new location.

TOP NOT SECURE

This message displays when thepower convertible top is notcompletely opened or closed. Pressand hold the convertible top switchuntil the top is fully opened orclosed. This is indicated by theFOLDING TOP MOTIONCOMPLETE message beingdisplayed and an audible indicator.

TOP POWERING DOWNCOMPLETE TOP MOTION

This message displays when thepower convertible top can no longerhold the top in an intermediateposition. Top system componentsmay move during this time based onexternal forces. Keep objects clearfrom the normal path of movementfor the top system components.



TOP SYSTEM OVERHEATED,PLEASE WAIT

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when the powerconvertible top switch is pressedand the power convertible top pumpmotor temperature is overheated.Wait for the power convertible toppump motor to cool down beforeusing the power convertible top.

VALET SWITCH ACTIVE – TOPDISABLED

This message displays when ValetMode is active. See “Valet Mode (IfEquipped)” under VehiclePersonalisation 0 130.

Cruise Control Messages

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control is set and shows thespeed it was set to. See CruiseControl 0 202.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will display onthe DIC showing which door isopen. The DOOR OPEN messagemay also display if the vehicle startsto move. Close the door completely.

BONNET OPEN

This message will display along witha bonnet open symbol when thebonnet is open. Close the bonnetcompletely.

BOOT OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the boot is open.Close the boot completely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF DUE TO HIGHENGINE TEMP

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.To avoid added strain on a hot

engine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the airconditioning compressor turns backon. The vehicle can continue to bedriven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATING —IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is toohot. Stop and allow the vehicle toidle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —TURN VEHICLE OFF

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.



Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the Oil Life System.See Engine Oil Life System 0 225,Driver Information Centre (DIC)0 114, Engine Oil 0 220, and theMaintenance Schedule booklet.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil levelbefore filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and thismessage remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil 0 220.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

OIL STARVATION MODEACTIVE

This message indicates the enginecontrols have taken action toprevent an oil starvation condition.This may reduce the availableengine power.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. The

performance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

Key and Lock Messages

# KEYS PROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low



Transmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 26.

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. Thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 26.

NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKETO RESTART

This message displays if the RKEtransmitter is no longer detected inthe vehicle. Press the brake pedalto restart the vehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Lamp Messages

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

This message is displayed when theautomatic light control has beenturned on or off. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 138.

INDICATOR ON

This message is displayed if theindicator has been left on. Turn offthe indicator.

Ride Control SystemMessages

STABILITRAKCOMPETITIVE MODE

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when the CompetitiveDriving mode is selected. Theinstrument cluster light will be on

when the Competitive Driving modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. The Traction ControlSystem (TCS) will not be operatingwhile in the Competitive Drivingmode. Adjust your drivingaccordingly. See CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 199, including the“Launch Control” information.

MAXIMUM SPEED 129 km/h(80 MPH)

This message displays when amalfunction is present in theMagnetic Ride Control system. Thevehicle speed will be limited to avalue determined by the vehiclewhen the shock absorber systemhas failed and the shocks are intheir full soft mode. Have the vehicleserviced by your dealer as soon aspossible.

To acknowledge the message, pressthe SEL button. The messagereappears every 10 minutes untilthis condition changes.



PERFORMANCE TRACTIONWET ACTIVE HANDLING ON

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when this PerformanceTraction Management mode isselected. The instrument clusterlight will also be on when this modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode the TractionControl and Stability Controlsystems are available but intendedfor use on wet race track conditions.Adjust your driving accordingly. Thismode is available only on Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with FE4– Z51 Performance Package andMagnetic Ride Control. See“Performance TractionManagement” and “Launch Control”under Competitive Driving Mode0 199 for more information aboutthe use of this mode.

PERFORMANCE TRACTIONDRY ACTIVE HANDLING ON

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when this PerformanceTraction Management mode isselected. The instrument cluster

light will also be on when this modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode the TractionControl and Stability Controlsystems are available but intendedfor use on dry race track conditions.Adjust your driving accordingly. Thismode is available only on Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with FE4.See “Performance TractionManagement” and “Launch Control”under Competitive Driving Mode0 199 for more information aboutthe use of this mode.

PERFORMANCE TRACTIONSPORT 1 ACTIVEHANDLING ON

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when this PerformanceTraction Management mode isselected. The instrument clusterlight will also be on when this modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode the TractionControl and Stability Controlsystems are available but intendedfor use on dry race track conditions.

Adjust your driving accordingly. Thismode is available only on Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with FE4.See “Performance TractionManagement” and “Launch Control”under Competitive Driving Mode0 199 for more information aboutthe use of this mode.

PERFORMANCE TRACTIONSPORT 2 ACTIVEHANDLING OFF

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when this PerformanceTraction Management mode isselected. The instrument clusterlight will also be on when this modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode the TractionControl is available but intended foruse on dry race track conditions.The Stability Control system isdisabled when this mode isselected. This mode will requiremore driver skill than modes 1-3.Adjust your driving accordingly. Thismode is available only on Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with FE4.See “Performance Traction



Management” and “Launch Control”under Competitive Driving Mode0 199 for more information aboutthe use of this mode.

PERFORMANCE TRACTIONRACE ACTIVE HANDLING OFF

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when this PerformanceTraction Management mode isselected. The instrument clusterlight will also be on when this modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode the TractionControl is available but intended foruse on dry race track conditions.The Stability Control system isdisabled when this mode isselected. This mode will requiremore driver skill than modes 1-4.Adjust your driving accordingly. Thismode is available only on Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with FE4.See “Performance TractionManagement” and “Launch Control”under Competitive Driving Mode0 199 for more information aboutthe use of this mode.

REAR AXLE OFF

If this message is displayed, theElectronic Limited-Slip Differential (ifequipped) is not operational. Drivewith caution. Avoid high speeds,aggressive driving, and sharpcornering. The system could beoverheated. Allow the system tocool. If this message remains on,see your dealer for service. Thevehicle is safe to drive, however,continue to drive with caution.

When this message is displayed,the vehicle's handling capabilitieswill be reduced during severemanoeuvres. Stability Control will beaffected. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 193.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Stability Controlsystem and the vehicle needsservice. The Stability Controlsystem light on the instrumentcluster also turns on and a soundwill be heard. See your dealer.When this message is displayed,the system is not working. Adjust

your driving accordingly. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 193.

SERVICE TRACTION SYSTEM

If this message displays when youare driving, there is a problem withthe Traction Control System (TCS)and the vehicle needs service. Seeyour dealer. When this message isdisplayed, the system will not limitwheel spin. Adjust your drivingaccordingly.

The TCS light on the instrumentcluster will also turn on and a soundwill be heard.

When this message is displayed,the computer controlled systems willnot assist the driver in controllingthe vehicle. Have the systemrepaired by your dealer as soon aspossible. Adjust your drivingaccordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 193.

To acknowledge the message, pressthe SEL button.



SHOCKS INOPERATIVE

This message displays when amalfunction is present in theMagnetic Ride Control system,which is causing the shocks to be intheir full soft mode. This is awarning to the driver that the vehiclehandling may be affected. Have thevehicle serviced by your dealer assoon as possible.

To acknowledge the message, pressthe SEL button. The messagereappears every 10 minutes untilthis condition changes.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system. Seeyour retailer for service.

Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

PROGRAM CLUSTER

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the instrumentcluster. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays and a chimemay sound when there may be aproblem with the power steeringsystem. If this message displaysand a reduction in steeringperformance or loss of powersteering assistance is noticed, seeyour retailer.

SERVICE REAR AXLE

If there is a problem detected withthe Electronic Limited-SlipDifferential, this message displays.When displayed, the system is notoperational and driving should beadjusted accordingly. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

When this message is displayed,the vehicle's handling capabilitieswill be reduced during severe

manoeuvres. Stability Control will beaffected. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 193.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start an automatictransmission equipped vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

PRESS CLUTCH TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start a manualgearbox equipped vehicle withoutfirst pressing the clutch pedal.



SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Tyre Messages

SERVICE TYRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tyre PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TyrePressure Monitor Operation 0 262.

TYRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tyres. SeeTyre Pressure MonitorOperation 0 262.

TYRE PRESSURE LOW ADDAIR TO TYRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tyresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tyre.

The low tyre pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TyrePressure Light 0 112.

If a tyre pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon aspossible. Inflate the tyres by addingair until the tyre pressure is equal tothe values shown on the Tyre andLoading Information label. SeeTyres 0 255, Vehicle Load Limits0 171, and Tyre Pressure 0 259.

More than one tyre pressuremessage can appear at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCentre (DIC) 0 114.

Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays whenattempting to shift to a gear notappropriate for the vehicle speedand engine revolutions perminute (rpm).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool. Thismessage clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

If this message is displayed duringnormal vehicle operation on flatroads, the vehicle may needservice. See your retailer for aninspection.



Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message is displayed when iceconditions are possible.

TURN WIPER CONTROL TOINTERMITTENT FIRST

This message is displayed whenattempting to adjust the intermittentwiper speed without intermittentselected on the wiper control. SeeWindscreen Wiper/Washer 0 94.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than thespeed warning speed. See "SpeedWarning" under InstrumentCluster 0 98.

SPEED LIMIT SET TO XXX

This message is displayed when thespeed warning is set. See "SpeedWarning" under InstrumentCluster 0 98.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. Fill thewindscreen washer reservoir assoon as possible. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 217 forthe location of the windscreenwasher reservoir. Also, see WasherFluid 0 235.

Window Messages

OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/PASSENGER WINDOW

This message is displayed when thewindow needs to be reprogrammed.If the vehicle's battery has beendischarged or disconnected, youmay need to program each frontwindow for the express-up feature towork. See Power Windows 0 42.



VehiclePersonalisationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalisation menusfor customising vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalisation features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access thepersonalisation menu:

1. Press SETTINGS on the HomePage on the infotainmentsystem display.

2. Press the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Press to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Press o BACK on thefaceplate or press the Backscreen button to return to theprevious menu.

Personalisation Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Driving Mode

. Language (Language)

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 96.

Driving Mode

Select and the following may bedisplayed:

. Engine Sound Management

. Steering

Engine Sound Management

This allows the Engine SoundManagement feature to be setindependent of the driver modeselector. See Track Events andCompetitive Driving 0 159.

Select Auto (Mode Selector) orStealth, Tour, Sport, or Track.

Steering

This allows the Steering feature tobe turned on or off.

Select Auto (Mode Selector), Tour,Sport, or Track.

Language (Language)

Select Language [Language], thenselect from the availablelanguage(s).



The selected language will displayon the system, and voicerecognition will reflect the selectedlanguage.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Press Back to goback to the previous menu.

Radio

Press to display the Radio Menuand the following may displayed:

. Manage Favourites

. Number of Favourites Shown

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Bose AudioPilot

. Maximum Start Up Volume

Manage Favourites

This allows favourites to be edited.See “Manage Favourites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favourites Shown

Press to set the number offavourites to display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favourites shown.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Bose AudioPilot

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the noise in the vehicle.See “Bose AudioPilot NoiseCompensation Technology” under“Infotainment System Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Maximum Start Up Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level. To set themaximum startup volume, press +or − to increase or decrease.

Vehicle


. Climate and Air Quality

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Max Speed

. Auto Demist

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.



Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Demist

When set to On, the front demist willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver's previously stored1 or 2 button positions when theignition is changed from off to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. SeeMemory Seats 0 56.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver's previously storedExit button position when exiting thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 56.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on briefly whenK on the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is pressed tolocate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Lock

. Delayed Door Lock



Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Lock

When this feature is turned on, alldoors will automatically lock whenthe vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)for an automatic transmission,or when the vehicle speed is above13 km/h (8 mph) for a manualtransmission. The doors willautomatically unlock when thevehicle is shifted into P (Park) for anautomatic transmission, or when thevehicle is turned off for a manualtransmission.

Select Off or On.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This feature can be turned on or off,or can be used to select feedbackwhen using the button on the driverdoor to lock the vehicle. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.



Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth' in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT or press the EDITbutton. Type a new number, thenselect SAVE or press the SAVEbutton.

Apple CarPlay™

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port. See“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”under “Phone” in the infotainmentmanual.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed. See “AppleCarPlay and Android Auto” under“Phone” in the infotainment manual.

Android Auto™

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port. See“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”under “Phone” in the infotainmentmanual.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed. See “AppleCarPlay and Android Auto” under“Phone” in the infotainment manual.



Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display


. Mode

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. See“Guidance Lines” in AssistanceSystems for Parking orReversing 0 205.

Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Cancel or Restore.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Cancel or Delete.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Cancel or Restore.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.


136 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 136Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Headlamp Main/Dipped-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 139Indicator and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Battery Power Protection . . . . . 141Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theindicator lever.

There are four positions:

O : Turns off all lamps.

AUTO : Sets the exterior lamps toautomatic mode. AUTO mode turnsthe exterior lamps on and offdepending on how much light isavailable outside the vehicle.

To override AUTO mode, turn thecontrol to off.

To reset to AUTO mode turn thecontrol to exterior lamps and thenback to AUTO. Automatic mode also

resets when the vehicle is turned offand then back on again if the controlis left in the AUTO position.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

The handbrake indicator light comeson and stays on when the parkinglamps are on with the engine off andthe ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime will sound if theexterior lamp control is left on ineither the headlight or parking lightposition and the driver door isopened with the ignition off.


Lighting 137

Headlamp Main/Dipped-Beam ChangerPush the indicator lever away fromyou and release to turn the mainbeams on. To return to dippedbeams, push the stalk again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo use the flash-to-pass feature,briefly pull the turn signal levertoward you. The main-beamindicator flashes to indicate to theother driver that you intend to pass.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day.

The DRL system makes thededicated lamps come on when thefollowing conditions are met:

. It is still daylight and the ignitionis on.

. The exterior lamp control is inthe AUTO position.

. The handbrake is off.

When DRL are on, only the frontlamps will be on. The parkinglamps, tail lamps, instrument panellights, or other exterior lamps willnot be on when the DRL arebeing used.

When it is dark enough outside, thefront lamps dim to parking lampsand the normal dipped beamheadlamps turn on.

When it is bright enough outside,the regular lamps go off, and thefront DRL lamps will take over. If thevehicle is started in a dark garage,

the automatic headlamp systemcomes on immediately. Once thevehicle leaves the garage, it takesapproximately one minute for theautomatic headlamp system tochange to DRL if it is light outside.During that delay, the instrumentcluster may not be as bright asusual. Make sure the instrumentpanel brightness knob is in the fullbright position. See InstrumentPanel Illumination Control 0 140.

If it is dark enough outside and theexterior lamp control is off, a DriverInformation Centre (DIC) messagemay display. See LampMessages 0 124.

Turning the exterior lamp control tooff a second time, or turning on theheadlamps will remove the DICmessage. If the parking lamps wereturned on instead, the DIC messagewill continue to be displayed.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to; or2.DRL also turns off when the ignitionis off. DRL will turn back on whenthe exterior lamp control turns backto AUTO or O.


138 Lighting

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps and parkinglamps come on automatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor; otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps and parking lamps whendriving through a parking garage ortunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automatic headlightsystem changes to the DRL. Duringthat delay, the instrument clustermay not be as bright as usual. Makesure the instrument panel brightnesscontrol is in the full bright position.See Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 140.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps and parking lampswill turn off or may change toDaytime Running Lamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

To turn automatic headlamp systemback on, turn the band to O again,then release it.

If the automatic headlamp systemhas the headlamps turned on andyou turn the ignition off, theheadlamps will turn off. When the

driver door is opened theheadlamps and parking lamps willilluminate for a period of time.

The length of the delayedillumination period can be changed.See “Exit Lighting” under VehiclePersonalisation 0 130.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windscreen wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon and the exterior lamp control is inAUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lamps willcome on. The time it takes for thelamps to turn on depends on thewiper speed. When the wipers areturned off, the lamps turn off. Todisable, move the exterior lampcontrol to O or;.


Lighting 139

Hazard Warning Flashers

The hazard warning flashers warnothers that you have a problem. Thebutton is near the centre of theinstrument panel.

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. Press again to turn theflashers off.

The hazard warning flashers workno matter what mode the ignition isin, even if the ignition is turned off.

When the hazard warning flashersare on, the turn signals willnot work.

Indicator andLane-Change Signals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Release the lever and theturn signal automatically flashesthree times. If more flashes aredesired, continue to hold the lever.

The stalk returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signalling a turn or lanechange the arrows flash rapidly ordo not come on, a turn LED maybe out.

If a turn LED is out, see your dealer.

Turn Signal on Chime

A chime sounds if the indicator hasbeen on for more than 1.2 km(0.75 mi) of driving.

If you need to leave the indicator onfor more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), turnoff the indicator and then turn itback on.

Rear Fog Lamps

Turn the band to s and release it toturn the rear fog lamps on and off.


140 Lighting

When the fog lamps are on, the foglamp light on the instrument clusterwill also be on.

Do not use the fog lamps whenvisibility is good because it maybother other drivers. It is also notrecommended that rear fog lampsbe used in city driving. Rear foglamps should only be used in foggyor misty conditions to allow thedrivers behind you to see yourvehicle.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The knob for this feature is on theleft side of the instrument panel.

Turn the knob clockwise oranti-clockwise to brighten or dim theinstrument panel lights at night. Turnthe knob completely clockwise toturn on the interior lights.

Courtesy LampsWhen any door or the hatch/trunk isopened, the interior lamps willcome on.

The rear compartment lights onlycome on when the rearcompartment is opened.

To turn the courtesy lamps on or off,turn the instrument panel brightnessknob completely clockwise oranti-clockwise.

Reading Lamps

The reading lamps are in theoverhead console. The lamps go onwhen a door is opened. When thedoors are closed, press the lampbuttons to turn on each lamp.


Lighting 141

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most ofthe interior lamps turn on briefly atnight, or in areas with limitedlighting, when K is pressed on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. When the driver door isopened, all control lights, DriverInformation Centre (DIC) lights, anddoor pocket lights turn on. Afterabout 30 seconds the exterior lampsturn off, and then the dome andremaining interior lamps dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignitionout of the OFF position, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalisation 0 130.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps come on whenthe driver door is opened after theignition is changed to the OFFposition and the indicator lever is

pulled briefly toward you andreleased. The dome lamp comes onafter the ignition is changed to theOFF position. The exterior lampsand dome lamp remain on after thedoor is closed for a set amount oftime, then automatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalisation 0 130.

Battery Power ProtectionThis vehicle has a feature to helpprevent the battery from beingdrained in case any of the followinglamps are left on: vanity mirrorlamps, cargo lamps, reading lamps,or glove box lamps. If any of theselamps are left on, they willautomatically time-out after about10 minutes. To reset it, the ignitionmust be turned on.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.


142 Infotainment System

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, and navigationsystem. It also includes informationon settings.

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)If equipped, the PDR icon displayson the Home page.

Important Information

Read before using the PDR. All orsome of the information may applyto your country:

. Use of the Performance DataRecorder (PDR System) may beprohibited or legally restricted incertain countries and situations.It is your own responsibility toensure compliance withapplicable laws and regulations,including but not limited toprivacy laws, laws related tocamera surveillance andrecordings, road traffic andsecurity laws, and laws on theprotection of publicity andpersonality rights.

. You are solely liable foroperation of your vehicle anduse of the PDR System,including all related legalresponsibilities. Vehicles


Infotainment System 143

equipped with the PDR Systemare intended for use on privatetracks only and may under locallaws and regulations berestricted or completely excludedfrom use in areas accessible bythe public, such as public roads.You may need a permit, license,or other approval from localauthorities in order to complywith applicable laws andregulations.

. Do not use the PDR System ifthis could distract your attentionfrom traffic or entail other risks.

. Do not rely exclusively oncamera footage for steering thevehicle.

. Comply with any notice andconsent requirements beforecapturing and/or recording thevoices or images of otherpersons or collecting otherpersonal data with the PDRSystem.

. Notify other drivers of yourvehicle of the above rules andrequire them to complywith them.

. General Motors does not acceptany responsibility or liability inconnection with animpermissible use of the PDRSystem.

. Please note that lawenforcement authorities mayhave the right to seize videorecordings and use them asevidence of criminal/drivingoffences against you or thirdparties.

. The PDR System captures andrecords any sound perceivablewithin the vehicle, including anyconversations among vehicleoccupants. Hidden recording ofconversations may be anoffence under certainjurisdictions. Therefore, allvehicle users and occupantsmust be informed about ongoingaudio recording upon activationof the PDR System.

The PDR records video, audio, andvehicle data. This data is stored ona removable SD card in theglovebox.

The recorded data is not storedanywhere else and is onlyaccessible from the SD card.

To begin, insert a FAT32 formattedSD card, Class 10 required, 8, 16,or 32 GB recommended, into theglove box SD card reader.

Press the PDR icon to access thePDR menu. The optionsdisplayed are:

Start Recording

If the system is unable to beginrecording, the Start Recordingbutton is greyed out.

Touch Start Recording to beginrecording. After recording begins,this button changes to StopRecording. Touch to stop therecording session.



The recording must be stopped andthe file closed before removing theSD card, or the recording cannot bereviewed.

The elapsed time will show whenrecording. To define a finish line,see “Define Finish Line” later in thissection.

If there is no available space on theSD card, a message displays.Delete or transfer recordings on theSD card or use another SD cardwith free space.

To delete a recording, go to theRecorded Sessions menu and pressz next to the item. See “RecordedSessions” later in this section.

If no SD card is inserted, a messagedisplays.

Define Finish Line

To track and record the vehicle's laptimes, the starting point of a lapmust be set. Crossing this pointactivates the lap timer whenrecording.

To set the finish line, position thevehicle with the front bumper at thestart/finish point. From the PDRmenu, press Define Finish Line andthen press Mark Fin Line. This canbe done with the vehicle moving.

Recorded Sessions

To view recorded videos, pressRecorded Sessions.

A list of recordings displays.



Select the recording to startplayback.

Press z next to an item to deletethat recording. Press Yes to deleteor No to cancel on the confirmationscreen. Press Dismiss to exit.

Video playback is not allowed whilethe vehicle is in motion.

Tap on the screen while the video isplaying to display the video controls:

Video Scrubber : Changes theposition and playback. The length ofthe bar corresponds to the time ofthe video. Advance or rewind thevideo by dragging along the bar.

Delete Recording : Press to deletethe video. A confirmation screendisplays. Press Yes to delete or Noto cancel.

Pause/Play : Press to play orpause the video. The button willchange when pressed.

/ : Press to display the previousscreen.

Exit : Press to exit the currentdisplay.

Choose Video Overlay

Press the Choose Video Overlayscreen button to display the menuscreen.

Select one:

. No Overlay

. Sport

. Track

. Performance Timing

No Overlay:

No vehicle data displays on top ofthe recorded video. Vehicle data isstill available with the video whenaccessed in the toolbox software.

Sport:

Displays these vehicle metrics:

. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digitsare displayed in km/h or MPHdepending on vehicle settings.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle show current RPMs. Asthe RPMs increase, the backfillfollows.



. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Automatic and manualtransmissions display 1, 2, etc.

. Lateral G-Force Graphic: Leftand Right G-Forces aredisplayed. The graphic fills to theleft or the right depending on themeasure value. The measuredG-Force displays as a number atthe top of the graphic.

. Event Odometer: This displaysthe distance driven since therecording began.

Track:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. GPS Tracking Map: Shows thevehicle's current position relativeto a known route.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle indicate current RPMs.As the RPMs increase, thebackfill follows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateraland longitudinal G-Forces aredisplayed as a dot within abubble. A red dot displays whenthe vehicle starts braking andturns green when the vehicleaccelerates. The dot is whitewhen the vehicle is not moving.A white dot is the default.

. Brake and Throttle Graphic:Displays the percentage value ofbrake and throttle pedal positionfrom 0–100%.

. Steering Angle: The graphic fillsfrom the centre to the left or rightdepending on the direction of

steering. The numerical steeringangle displays below thegraphic.

. Active Handling Active Indicator:The graphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

. Performance TractionManagement (PTM) Mode:Displays the current PTM mode.The options are Wet, Dry, Sport1, Sport 2, or Race.

. Current Lap Time: Displays theelapsed lap time if the finish lineis defined and the vehicle hascrossed the defined finish line atleast once.

. Event Odometer: Displays thedistance driven since therecording began.

. Drive Mode: Displays thevehicle's current drive mode.



Performance Timing:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): Same as Sport.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. 0–100 km/h (0–60 mph), 0–200 km/h (0–100 mph), 400 m(1/4 th mi), and 0–200–0 km/h(0–100–0 mph): The timer startsrecording as soon as the vehicleaccelerates. As the vehiclepasses each speed and distancemilestone, it is displayed on theoverlay.

. Throttle Position: Displaysthe percentage of throttle appliedfrom 0–100%.

. Active Handling Active Indicator:The graphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

Naming Convention

The recorded video file name isstored as the recorded date and thelength of the recording.

If the recorded session wasrecorded while the system was inValet Mode, the file name willdisplay the mode, date, and lengthof time.

Settings

Press the Settings button from thePDR menu to display settings.

Valet Mode Recording : Allowsrecording preferences to beselected. It is recommended that ablank SD card be used. Availablechoices are:

. Automatically record when inValet Mode: Enables the PDR tobegin recording as soon as thevehicle is in Valet Mode.

. Overwrite existing data whenmemory full: Allows manualoverwriting of previousrecordings, one at a time startingwith the oldest, when the currentrecording requires additionalstorage to continue.



Valet Mode does not record audio.

Record Audio : Allows audio to berecorded along with video.

Audio will not record duringValet Mode.

Software Information : DisplaysPDR software information andversion numbers.

Toolbox Software : Allows for theevaluation of driver and vehicleperformance during a recordedevent. See your dealer for softwareinformation.


Climate Controls 149

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver Temperature Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

3. A/C (Air Conditioning)

4. Air Delivery Modes

5. Defrost

6. SYNC

7. Fan Control

8. Driver and PassengerRedundant Heated andVentilated Front Seat Controls

9. Rear Window Demister

10. Recirculation


150 Climate Controls

Passenger Temperature Control

The passenger temperature controlis below the passenger sideair vent.

On/Off System Operation

Press AUTO to turn the system on.Turn the fan control knob completelyanti-clockwise to turn the fan off.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and thesetting is displayed. The AUTOindicator will turn off. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilise. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

The system operates to reach theset temperature as quickly aspossible. The AUTO control systemworks best with the windows up andthe removable roof panel installedor the convertible top up.

Manual Operation

Driver and PassengerTemperature Control : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver andpassenger.

Turn the knob clockwise oranti-clockwise to increase ordecrease the driver temperaturesetting. Pressw orx to increaseor decrease the passengertemperature setting.

SYNC : Press to link all climatezone settings to the driver settings.The SYNC indicator light will turnon. When the passengertemperature setting is adjusted, theSYNC indicator light turns off.

Fan Control : Turn the knobclockwise or anticlockwise toincrease or decrease the fan speed.Turn the knob completelyanti-clockwise to turn the fan off.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Air Delivery Modes : PressY,\,[, or- to change the direction ofthe airflow. An indicator light comeson in the selected mode button.

Changing the mode cancels theautomatic operation and the systemgoes into manual mode. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.



Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

\ : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets and the floor outlets.

- : Air is directed to thewindscreen and floor outlets to clearthe windows of mist or moisture.The recirculation mode cannot beselected while in the demist mode.

0 : Press to clear the windscreenof mist or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield and sidewindow outlets. The recirculationmode cannot be selected while indefrost mode.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windscreen beforedefrosting.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning on or off. If the fan isturned off, the air conditioner will notrun and the indicator light mayturn off.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed. When the indicatorlight is on, the air conditioner runsautomatically to cool the air insidethe vehicle or to dry the air asneeded to demist the windscreenfaster.

Depending on the engine speed, theair conditioning compressor mayshut off and turn on again and aslight change in A/C cooling andengine performance may benoticed. This is normal. The systemis designed to make adjustments tohelp with fuel economy while stillmaintaining the selectedtemperature.

If the A/C is turned off, automaticoperation is cancelled.

/ : Press to turn onrecirculation. An indicator lightcomes on. Air is recirculated toquickly cool the inside of the vehicleor reduce the entry of outside airand odours. Recirculation mode isnot available in defrost ordefog mode.

Rear Window Demister

= : Press to turn the rear windowdemister on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window demister is on.

The demister only works when theignition is in ON/RUN. The demisterturns off if the ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFFposition.

The heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on with the rear windowdefogger and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirror.See Heated Mirrors 0 41.

If equipped with a power convertibletop, the rear window demister andheated mirrors are automaticallydisabled when the power convertibletop is moving or down.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject on the inside rear windowcan damage the aerial ordemister. Repairs would not be

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

covered by the vehicle warranty.Do not stick anything to the rearwindow.

M/L or C/{ : Press to heat orventilate the seat. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 59.

Sensors

The interior cabin air temperatureand solar sensor on top of theinstrument panel near thewindscreen monitors the solar heatand measures the initial interiorcabin temperature.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

The humidity and windscreentemperature sensor is on thewindscreen glass inside surfacenear the rearview mirror. Theautomatic climate control system

uses this sensor to receiveinformation to determine the needfor demisting.

If any of these sensors are blockedor covered, the automatic climatecontrol system may not workproperly.

There is also a sensor behind thefront bumper. This sensor reads theoutside air temperature and helps tomaintain the temperature inside thevehicle. Any cover on the front ofthe vehicle could give a falsereading in the temperature.

Air VentsUse the tab on the air outlets tochange the direction of the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from the air inlets atthe base of the windscreen thatmay block the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors may adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Keep the area around the baseof the instrument panel consoleand air path under the seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside of the vehicle moreeffectively.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe passenger compartment airfilter removes certain particles fromthe air including pollen and dustparticles. Reductions in airflow,which may occur more often industy areas, indicate that the filtermay need to be replaced. SeeScheduled Maintenance 0 293.

Caution

Driving without a passengercompartment air filter in place cancause water and small particles,like paper and leaves, to bepulled into your climate controlsystem which may cause damageto it. Make sure you alwaysreplace the old filter with anew one.

The passenger compartment airfilter is on the passenger side of theengine compartment near thecoolant surge tank. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 217.

To check or replace the air filter:

1. Release the retainer clips fromthe passenger compartment airfilter cover. The PVC hosesmay need to be held out of theway briefly to access the airfilter cover.

2. Remove the cover.

3. Remove the filter and installthe new air filter.

4. Replace the filter cover.

5. Attach the retainer clips.

ServiceAll vehicles have a labelunderbonnet that identifies therefrigerant used in the vehicle. Therefrigerant system should only beserviced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. The air conditioningevaporator should never be repairedor replaced by one from a salvage



vehicle. It should only be replacedby a new evaporator to ensureproper and safe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


Driving and Operating 155

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 157Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 158Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Track Events and CompetitiveDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 169Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 170If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 170Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Run-In . . . . . . . . . . 174Front Air Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . 175Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 177Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 180Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Active Fuel Management® . . . . 181Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 183Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Manual TransmissionManual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 187Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 191Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 193

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 195Competitive Driving Mode . . . . 199Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 202

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Driver Assistance SystemsAssistance Systems forParking or Reversing . . . . . . . . 205

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210


156 Driving and Operating

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgement and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favourite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a mobilephone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a mobile phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Seat Belts 0 60.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.



. Focus on the task of driving.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assistance is used foran extended period of time, powerassistance may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under Service VehicleMessages 0 127. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

Bend Tips. Take bends at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before enteringa bend.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the bend.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe bend before acceleratinggently into the straight.



Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tyre contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid - wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid - toomuch speed or steering in abend causes tyres to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid - too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognise warning clues - suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface - and slowdown when you have any doubt.



. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tyres to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Track Events andCompetitive DrivingParticipating in track events or othercompetitive driving without followingthe instructions provided may affectthe vehicle warranty. See thewarranty manual before using thevehicle for racing or othercompetitive driving.

Refer to Competitive DrivingMode 0 199.

Be sure to follow all serviceprocedures before driving thevehicle at track events orcompetitively.

Engine Sound ManagementSetting

Caution

Do not place vehicle in EngineSound Management – Stealthmode. Damage could result toexhaust valve actuators.

Engine Oil

Caution

If the vehicle is used for trackevents and competitive driving,the engine may use more oil thanit would with normal use. Low oillevels can damage the engine.Check the oil level often andmaintain the proper level. SeeEngine Oil 0 220.

Caution

Not changing the engine oil to15W-50 may cause enginedamage. Engine oil must bechanged to 15W-50 synthetic.See Capacities andSpecifications 0 301.

Z51 Performance Package, GrandSport, and Z06 Only: Check the oillevel often during track events andcompetitive driving and keep thelevel at or near 0.5 L (0.5 qt) abovethe upper mark that shows theproper operating range on theengine oil dipstick. After thecompetitive driving, remove excessoil so that the level on the dipstick isnot above the upper mark thatshows the proper operating range.

Stingray without Z51 PerformancePackage: Additional oil fill above theupper mark on the dipstick is notrecommended for track events orother competitive driving. Check theoil level often during racing or othercompetitive driving and keep thelevel at or near the upper mark that



shows the proper operating rangeon the engine oil dipstick. After thecompetitive driving, remove excessoil so that the level on the dipstick isnot above the upper mark thatshows the proper operating range.

After track use, change the oil backto 5W-30 for street use. See EngineOil 0 220.

Brake Fluid

Replace existing brake fluid with aqualified high performance brakefluid from a sealed container. Brakefluid with a dry boiling point >279 °C(534 °F) is qualified. If highperformance brake fluid is used,replace it with GM approved brakefluid before driving on public roads.If high performance brake fluid is inthe vehicle and the age of the brakefluid is over a month old orunknown, replace the brake fluidbefore track events and competitivedriving. Do not use silicone orDOT-5 brake fluids.

Load Limit

Z51 Performance Package Only:Limit vehicle load to the driver only,with no other cargo. Inflate tires to180 kPa (26 psi) and drive at amaximum speed of 280 km/h(174 mph).

Grand Sport and Z06 Only: Limitvehicle load to the driver only, withno other cargo. Inflate tires to180 kPa (26 psi) and drive at amaximum speed of 296 km/h(184 mph).

Wheel Alignment

Caution

Using these wheel alignmentsettings may cause excessivetyre wear. Only use these wheelalignment settings for racing orcompetitive driving. Excessivetyre wear is not covered underthe vehicle warranty.

If the vehicle is equipped with theZ51 package, is a Z06, or is aGrand Sport, the racing and

competitive driving wheel alignmentsettings should be set as describedhere. Alignment should beperformed by first removing washersbetween the upper control arms andframe according to the followinginstructions:

. Z51 - Remove maximum of onewasher per front upper controlarm bolt.

Remove maximum of 1 washerper rear upper control arm bolt.

. Z06 - Remove maximum of 1washer per front upper controlarm bolt.

Do not remove washers fromrear upper control arm bolts.

. Grand Sport - Do not removewashers from front upper controlarm bolts.

Do not remove washers fromrear upper control arm bolts.

Proceed by adjusting the lowercontrol arm cam bolts untilalignment is within specifications.Alignment values are targets. Seeyour retailer for tolerances.



Front (per corner)

. Caster: +7.0 degrees

. Camber: -2.0 degrees

. Toe: 0.05 degrees toe in

Rear (per corner)

. Caster: 0 degrees

. Camber: -2.0 degrees

. Toe: 0.05 degrees toe in

Thrust Angle: 0 degrees

Rear Axle Fluid

Caution

During a first time track or racingevent, high rear axletemperatures can occur. Damagecould be caused to the rear axleand would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not drive aslong or as fast the first time thevehicle is driven on the track orraced.

Axles must have 885 km (500 mi)before being used in track driving.

The rear axle fluid temperaturesmay be higher than when driving insevere conditions. Drain and refillwith new fluid after the first racing orcompetitive driving event, and thenafter every 24 hours of racing orcompetitive driving. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296.

General Information

If reduced performance isexperienced during track events orcompetitive driving, turning off theA/C will help to improve engineperformance.

Maintain a mixture of 40%DEX-COOL coolant and 60% clean,drinkable water to optimise engineperformance.

The front license plate bracket oraero panel should be removed fortrack events and competitive drivingto improve engine performance.

Rotor Cooling Ring, IfEquipped

The following installation procedureis for the Z51 PerformancePackage, and is only if the vehicle is

equipped with front dual cast brakerotors along with the supplied brakecooling ring kit. See your retailer forinformation.

If the vehicle has the Z51Performance Package andequipped with a one piece brakerotor, a cooling ring is not required.

Caution

Do not leave rotor cooling ringsinstalled after a track event, asthis can cause corrosion withlong-term use. Rotor cooling ringsare for track use only. Trackdriving without the rotor coolingrings may result in brakepedal fade.

Installation:

1. Remove the front wheels.

2. Cut three 150 mm (6 in)lengths of safety wire specifiedto T304 Stainless Steel,0.041 in nominal diameter, notincluded.



3. Form each into a U shape witha 20 mm (0.75 in) flat area inthe centre of the wire.

4. Place the rotor ring in the gapbetween the rotor brake plateand rotor hat, with the holes oneach side of the rotor spoke onthe outboard side of the rotor.

5. Place the U-shaped wirethrough the holes in the rotorcooling ring.

6. Bring the ends of the wire tightaround the corresponding rotorspoke.

7. Twist the safety wire into six toeight twists per 2.54 cm (1 in).

8. Bend the twisted wire so it isflush with the inside of the rotorring to prevent contact with thecalliper or brake hoses.

9. Verify that the rotor rings andsafety wire do not contact anyother components.

10. Reinstall the wheel using thespecific wheel nut torque. SeeCapacities andSpecifications 0 301.

If additional brake cooling isrequired, the grille mesh in the lowercorners of the front grille in front ofthe brake duct can be removed.This is not reversible, and areplacement grille will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.If this is done, it is recommendedthat the gap between the fascia andthe cooling duct be taped over.

Brake Burnishing

New brake pads must be burnishedbefore racing or other competitivedriving.

Caution

Performing the brake burnishprocedure on a base brakesystem can result in brakedamage.

Caution

The new vehicle break-in periodshould be completed beforeperforming the brake burnishprocedure, otherwise damagemay occur to the powertrain/engine. See New VehicleRun-In 0 174.

Caution

Brake pedal fade will occur duringany track burnish procedure andcan cause brake pedal travel andforce to increase. This couldextend stopping distance until thebrakes are fully burnished.



When this procedure is performedas instructed, it will not damage thebrakes. The brake pads will smokeand produce an odour. The brakingforce and pedal travel may increase.After the procedure, the brake padsmay appear white at the rotorcontact.

Perform this procedure only on drypavement, in a safe manner, and incompliance with all local and stateordinances/laws regarding motorvehicle operation.

Brake Burnish Procedure (Z51Performance Package, GrandSport without Z07, and Z06without Z07 Performance Packageor Z06 without J57 CeramicBrakes)

1. Apply the brakes 25 timesstarting at 100 km/h (60 mph)to 50 km/h (30 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.4 g. This is amedium brake application.Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)between applying the brakes.This first step may be skippedif there are more than 320 km(200 mi) on the brake pads.

2. Repeatedly apply the brakesfrom 100 km/h (60 mph) to25 km/h (15 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.8 g. This is ahard brake application, withoutactivating the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS). Drive for atleast 1 km (0.6 mi) betweenstops. Repeat until the brakepedal travel starts to increase.Depending on conditions, thisshould take no longer than 25brake applications.

3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h(60 mph) for approximately15 km (10 mi) without using thebrakes.

4. Apply the brakes 25 times from100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h(30 mph) while decelerating at0.4 g. This is a medium brakeapplication. Drive for at least1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplications.

Street High Performance BrakeBurnishing Procedure (GrandSport and Z06 with Z07Performance Package or Z06 withJ57 Ceramic Brakes)

1. From a stop, accelerate asrapidly as possible withoutactivating traction control to aspeed of 100 km/h (60 mph).

2. Use enough pedal force tocompletely stop the vehicle infour to five seconds. If ABSactivates, braking is too hard.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 – 50times. This should take about10 minutes.

4. After completing the 50 stops,cool the brakes by driving for8 km (5 mi) at 100 km/h(60 mph).

As with all high performance brakesystems, some amount of brakesqueal is normal.



Racing/Track Brake BurnishingProcedure (Grand Sport, Z06 withZ07 Performance Package, or Z06with J57 Ceramic Brakes)

This procedure should only be runon a track and only on drypavement.

Caution

Brake pedal fade will occur duringthis track burnish procedure andcan cause brake pedal travel andforce to increase. This couldextend stopping distance until thebrakes are fully burnished.

1. Drive a normal first lap, not tooaggressively.

2. Laps 2 and 3 should begradually driven faster andmore aggressively, whileallowing for reduced brakeoutput and increased stoppingdistance due to brake fade.

3. Drive Lap 4 near full speed,while allowing for reducedbrake output and increasedstopping distance due tobrake fade.

4. Laps 5 and 6 should be cooldown laps.

5. Lap 7 should be normal drivingor an easy out lap.

Z07 Performance Package

Z06 with the Z07 PerformancePackage has installed Stage 2 andStage 3 Aero Packages, whichconsists of a front splitter with shortend caps, rocker panel extensions,and a rear spoiler.

Stage 3 Aero components aredelivered but not installed on thevehicle. These are intended to beinstalled for track use only. Thecomponents include:

. Front splitter tall end caps thatreplace the front splitter shortend caps.

. A center transparent wicker billfor the rear spoiler.

{ Warning

Changing the following tracksettings could reduce tire tractionand could cause a crash. Do notchange the track settings.

The track settings for the Z07Performance Package with theStage 3 Aero Package are:

. The front splitter tall end capsinstalled.

. The center transparent wickerbill installed all the way up onthe rear spoiler.

. The Driver Mode Selector inTrack Mode.

Stingray with PerformancePackage-Carbon Fiber (CFZ)

The Stingray with PerformancePackage-Carbon Fiber (CFZ) hasan installed aero package whichconsists of a front splitter with shortend caps, rocker panel extensions,and a rear spoiler. A centertransparent wicker bill for the rear



spoiler is delivered but not installed.This is intended to be installed fortrack use only.

Front Brake Cooling Kit

The following installation procedureis for Z06 vehicles with the J56brake package and should beinstalled prior to any track events.The cooling ducts should beinstalled prior to any track events.The cooling ducts improve brakecooling during track events.

To install the cooling ducts anddeflector:

1. Remove the front wheels.Refer to the procedure in thevehicle service manual.Steps 2, 3, and 4 are optionalon certain vehicles.

2. Remove the fastener (1) fromthe rear of the control armdeflector (2).

3. Remove the remaining threefasteners (1) from thedeflector (2).

4. Remove the deflector (2).

5. Remove the adhesive tapefrom the rubber pads andinstall them on the front airboxas shown. Allow it to dry for5 minutes.



6. Remove the adhesive tapefrom the rubber pads andinstall them on the rear airboxas shown. Allow it to dry for5 minutes.

7. Position the u-nut on theupper duct.

8. Position the rear airbox andsnap the tabs into the frontairbox around the lowercontrol arm.

9. Position the upper duct andsnap it into the tabs of the frontand rear airbox assembly.



10. Install the control arm deflectorto the upper duct using thescrew . Do not tighten atthis time.

11. Install the control arm deflectorto the lower control arm usingthe self tapping screws. Do nottighten at this time.

12. Install the two self tappingscrews to the control armthrough both sides of theairbox cavities. Do not tightenat this time.

13. Torque all five screws to 4Y(35 lb inch).

14. Repeat the procedure for theopposite side of the vehicle.

15. Install the front wheels. Referto the procedure in the vehicleservice manual.

Wheel Blocker

The following installation procedureis for Z06 vehicles with the J56brake package and should beinstalled prior to any track events.The wheel blocker helps improvethe cooling of the brake rotor.

Caution

The wheel-blocker is for track useonly. After a track event, removethe wheel-blocker and reinstallthe original splash shield. Failure

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

to reinstall the original parts maylead to damage to thewheel-blocker, noise, prematurebrake pad and rotor wear andhigh speed wet braking.

To install the wheel blocker:

1. Remove the front wheels.Refer to the procedure in thevehicle service manual.

2. Remove the brake caliper (1)from the steering knuckle. Donot disconnect the brake hose.Refer to procedure in vehicleservice manual.

3. Remove the brake rotorretaining fastener (2) and thenremove the brake rotor (3).

4. Remove the 2 splash shieldfasteners (4).

5. Remove the splash shield (5).

6. Install the wheel blocker (1).

7. Install the 3 wheel blockerfasteners (2). Torque to 10Y(89 lb inch).

8. Install the rotor (1) withfastener (2). Torque to 10Y(89 lb inch).



9. Install the caliper (1) with twofasteners (2). Torque to 120Y (89 lb ft).

10. Repeat the procedure for theopposite side of the vehicle.

11. Reinstall the wheels using thespecified lug nut torque. Referto procedure in the vehicleservice manual.

12. After a track event, repeat thesteps to reinstall the originalsplash shield.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Aquaplaning

Aquaplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'styres so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road is

wet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle isaquaplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule aboutaquaplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Overtake with caution.

. Keep windscreen wipingequipment in good condition.

. Keep the windscreen washerfluid reservoir filled.

. Have good tyres with propertread depth. See Tyres 0 255.

. Turn off cruise control.



Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tyres, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecentre line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long gradients,overtaking or no-overtakingzones) and take appropriateaction.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 193.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tyres spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shifting



gears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 282.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnon-factory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tyre andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tyres, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tyre and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tyre andLoading Information label isattached to the centre pillar(B-pillar). This label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tyre and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipmenttyres (3) and the recommendedcold tyre inflation pressures (4).



For more information on tyresand inflation see Tyres 0 255and Tyre Pressure 0 259.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification label. It may showthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) and the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for thefront and rear axle. See“Certification Label” later in thissection.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement “Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs.” on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the“XXX” amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 1 = 181 kg(400 lbs)

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 1 =68 kg (150 lbs)

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 113 kg(250 lbs)



Example 2



3. Available Cargo Weight =45 kg (100 lbs)

Example 3



3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs)

Refer to the vehicle's Tyre andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengersand cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is located on the right sidecentre pillar (B-pillar). It mayshow the gross weight capacityof the vehicle, called the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants, fueland cargo.



Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

{ Warning

Things you put inside yourvehicle can strike and injurepeople in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.

. Put things in the reararea of your vehicle. Tryto spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin your vehicle.

. When you carrysomething inside thevehicle, secure itwhenever you can.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Run-InFollow these recommendedguidelines during the first 2.414 km(1.500 mi) of driving this vehicle.Parts have a running-in period andperformance will be better in thelong run.

For the first 322 km (200 mi):

. To run-in new tyres, drive atmoderate speeds and avoid hardcornering.

. New brake linings also need arunning-in period. Avoid brakinghard. This is recommendedevery time brake linings arereplaced.

For the first 800 km (500 mi):

. Avoid full throttle starts andabrupt stops.

. Do not exceed 4000 rpm.



. Avoid driving at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,including the use of cruisecontrol.

. Avoid downshifting to brake orslow the vehicle when theengine speed will exceed4000 rpm.

. Do not let the engine labour.Never lug the engine. With amanual gearbox, shift to the nextlower gear. This rule applies atall times, not just during therunning-in period.

. After the first 800 km (500 mi),change the engine oil onvehicles with the LT1 engine, theLT4 engine, the Z51 package,or the Grand Sport package.

For the first 2.414 km (1.500 mi):

. Do not participate in trackevents, sport driving schools,or similar activities.

. Check engine oil with everyrefuelling and add if necessary.Oil and fuel consumption may behigher than normal.

Front Air DamIf equipped, the front air dam hasminimal ground clearance.

Under normal operation, thecomponents will occasionallycontact some road surfaces (speedbumps, driveway ramps, etc.). Thiscan be heard inside the vehicle as ascraping noise. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem.

Use care when approaching bumpsor objects on road surfaces andavoid them when possible.

Composite MaterialsThis vehicle may be equipped withparts containing carbon fiber,sheet-molding compound or othercomposite materials.Dealer-installed accessories mayalso contain composite materials.These parts and accessories mayinclude the splitter or rockerextensions.

{ Warning

Exposed edges of partscontaining carbon fiber and othercomposite materials can besharp. Contact with these partscould result in injury. Use cautionto avoid contacting these parts,including when washing thevehicle. If the parts are damaged,replace the parts promptly withreplacements from your dealer.

{ Warning

Rocker extensions may breakunder pressure, resulting inproperty damage or injury. Do notstand on the rocker extension oruse it as a step.



Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, and Stopping theEngine/OFF.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interference

to the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ON/RUN and the brakepedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press theENGINE START/STOP button onceto turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 179.

Automatic Transmission

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display amessage in the Driver InformationCentre (DIC). See TransmissionMessages 0 128. When the vehicleis shifted into P (Park), the ignitionsystem will switch to OFF.

Manual Gearbox

If the vehicle is stationary, theignition will turn OFF, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 179.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park) with an automatictransmission or Neutral with a



manual gearbox. Turn theignition to Stopping theEngine/OFF.

4. Apply the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 191.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassistance in the brake andsteering systems and disable theairbags. While driving, only shutthe vehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for longer thantwo seconds, or press twice withinfive seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsthe use of some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton once without the brake pedalapplied will place the ignition systemin ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to Stopping theEngine/OFF after five minutes toprevent battery rundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 177. Theignition will then remain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will place

the vehicle in Service Only Mode.The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Only Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EnginePlace the transmission in theproper gear.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 210.

Automatic Transmission

Move the gear lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the vehiclewhen it is already moving, useN (Neutral) only.



Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) ifthe vehicle is moving. If you do,you could damage thetransmission. Shift to P (Park)only when the vehicle is stopped.

Manual Gearbox

The shift lever should be in Neutraland the parking brake engaged.Hold the clutch pedal down to thefloor and start the engine.

The RKE transmitter must be insidethe vehicle for the ignition to work.

Cell phone chargers can interferewith the operation of the KeylessAccess system. Battery chargersshould not be plugged in whenstarting or turning off the engine.

To start the vehicle:

1. For vehicles with an automatictransmission, press the brakepedal, then press the ENGINESTART/STOP button on theinstrument panel. For vehicles

with a manual gearbox, pressthe clutch pedal first, thenpress ENGINE START/STOP.

If there is no RKE transmitter inthe vehicle or if there issomething causing interferencewith it, the DIC will display amessage. See Key and LockMessages 0 123.

2. When the engine beginscranking, let go of the buttonand the engine cranksautomatically until it starts.If the battery in the RKEtransmitter is weak, the DIC willdisplay a message. The vehiclecan still be driven.

See “Starting the Vehicle with aLow Transmitter Battery” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26. If theremote transmitter battery isdead, insert it into the steeringcolumn transmitter pocket toenable engine starting. See“NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET

THEN START YOURVEHICLE” under Key and LockMessages 0 123.

3. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

4. If the engine does not start andno DIC message is displayed,wait 15 seconds before tryingagain to let the cranking motorcool down.

If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchpetrol. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor while cranking for upto 15 seconds maximum. Waitat least 15 seconds betweeneach try, to allow the crankingmotor to cool down. When theengine starts, let go of theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again,



repeat these steps. This clearsthe extra petrol from theengine.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

Stopping the Engine

If the vehicle has an automatictransmission, move the shift lever toP (Park) and press and hold theENGINE START/STOP button onthe instrument panel, until theengine shuts off. If the gear lever isnot in P (Park), the engine shuts offand the vehicle goes into theaccessory mode. The DIC displaysSHIFT TO PARK. Once the shiftlever is moved to P (Park), thevehicle turns off. If the vehicle has a

manual gearbox, move the gearlever to R (Reverse) and apply theparking brake after turning off theengine by pressing and holdingENGINE START/STOP.

If the RKE transmitter is notdetected inside the vehicle when itis turned off, the DIC displays amessage.

See Key and Lock Messages 0 123.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories can beused for up to 10 minutes after theengine is turned off:

. Audio System

. Power Windows

These features continue to work upto 10 minutes after the engine isturned off or until either door isopened. If a door is opened, thepower windows and audio systemwill shut off.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 191.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by holding in thebutton on the lever andpushing the lever all the waytoward the front of the vehicle.

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button to turn theengine off.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running (AutomaticTransmission)

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly applied. The vehiclecan roll.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 179.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly appliedbefore you leave it. After you havemoved the gear lever into P (Park),hold down the regular brake pedal.See if you can move the shift leveraway from P (Park) without firstpushing the button on the lever.If you can, it means that the shiftlever was not fully locked intoP (Park).

Torque Lock (AutomaticTransmission)

If you are parking on a hill and youdo not shift the transmission intoP (Park) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficultto pull the shift lever out of P (Park).This is called “torque lock.” Toprevent torque lock, set the parkingbrake and then shift into P (Park)properly before you leave the driverseat. To find out how, see “ShiftingInto P (Park)” previously in thissection.

When you are ready to drive, movethe shift lever out of P (Park) beforeyou release the parking brake.

If torque lock does occur, you mayneed to have another vehicle pushyours a little uphill to take some ofthe pressure from the transmissionparking pawl, so you can pull theshift lever out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkShift lock release prevents shiftingout of P (Park) unless the vehicle isrunning or in accessory mode andthe brake pedal is applied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery. See JumpStarting 0 279.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Release the parking brake.See Electric ParkingBrake 0 191.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton, and let go of theshift knob.

2. While holding down the brakepedal, press the shift leverbutton again.



3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the gearlever from P (Park), consult yourdealer or a professional towingservice.

Parking

{ Warning

Do not park the vehicle on aneasily ignitable surface. The hightemperature of the exhaustsystem could ignite the surface.

Always apply parking brake. SeeParking Brake or Electric ParkingBrake.

Switch off the engine.

If the vehicle is on a level surfaceor uphill slope, engage 1 (First)gear or set the selector lever toP (Park) before switching off theignition. On an uphill slope, turnthe front wheels away fromthe kerb.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

If the vehicle is on a downhillslope, engage R (Reverse) gearor set the selector lever toP (Park) before switching off theignition. Turn the front wheelstowards the kerb.

Switch off the ignition. Turn thesteering wheel until the steeringwheel lock engages. Turn theignition key to position OFF andremove it. Turn the steering wheeluntil the steering wheel lock is feltto engage.

For vehicles with automatictransmission, the key can only beremoved when the selector leveris in the P (Park) position.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Active Fuel Management®

This system allows the engine tooperate on either all or half of itscylinders, depending on the drivingconditions. With a manualtransmission, the system is onlyactive in Eco mode. With anautomatic transmission, the systemis available in all modes, but is moreaggressive in Eco mode. See DriverMode Control 0 195.

When less power is required, suchas cruising at a constant vehiclespeed, the system will operate inthe half cylinder mode, allowing thevehicle to achieve better fueleconomy. When greater power



demands are required, such asaccelerating from a stop, overtaking,or merging onto a freeway, thesystem will maintain full-cylinderoperation.

Extended ParkingIt is better not to park with thevehicle running. If the vehicle is leftwhile running, follow the propersteps to be sure the vehicle will notmove and there is adequateventilation. See Shifting Into Park0 179 and Engine Exhaust 0 182.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is outsidethe vehicle, the vehicle will turn offafter one hour.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the RKE transmitter isinside, the vehicle will run for twohours. At the end of the secondhour, the vehicle will turn off.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow orexhaust pipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.



Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 179 andEngine Exhaust 0 182. If the vehiclehas a manual gearbox, seeParking 0 181.

AutomaticTransmission

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P : This position locks the rearwheels. It is the best position to usewhen starting the engine becausethe vehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly applied. The vehiclecan roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 179.

Be sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.

The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. Fully apply the brakes andthen press the shift lever buttonbefore shifting from P (Park) whenthe vehicle is running. If the vehiclecannot be shifted out of P (Park),ease pressure on the shift lever and



push the shift lever all the way intoP (Park) as brake application ismaintained. Then press the shiftlever button and move the shift leverinto another gear. See Shifting outof Park 0 180.

R : Use this gear to reverse.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 170.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, use N (Neutral)only. If the vehicle needs towing,see Towing the Vehicle 0 282.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If more power is needed

for passing, push the pedal down toachieve the desired level ofacceleration.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 158.

The transmission can be shifted likea manual transmission using thepaddle shift controls while in D(Drive). See Manual Mode 0 185.

M : In M (Manual Mode), thetransmission can be shifted like amanual transmission using thepaddle shift controls. See ManualMode 0 185.



Manual Mode

Manual Paddle Shift

When the shift lever is moved to M(Manual Mode), the transmissionenters Manual Mode. Thetransmission will hold the currentgear until a change is requested.The paddles on the steering wheelcan be used to manually upshift ordownshift the transmission. Theright (+) plus paddle upshifts, andthe left (−) minus paddle downshifts.

When using the Manual PaddleShift feature while in M (ManualMode), the current gear will bedisplayed in the instrument cluster,or the Head-Up Display (HUD),if equipped. See Head-Up Display(HUD) 0 116.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,shifting to 2 (Second) gear allowsthe vehicle to gain more traction.

The Manual Paddle Shift systemcan be deactivated by moving theshift lever from M (Manual Mode)back to D (Drive).

When the shift lever is in D (Drive),press either the right (+) plus paddleor the left (−) minus paddle to placethe transmission in TemporaryManual Paddle Shift mode. Thegear indicator by the shift lever, inthe cluster, and in the HUD willdisplay an M, even though the shiftlever is still in D (Drive). To exit thesystem, hold the (+) plus paddle formore than one second. The systemwill return to automatic shifting aftersix seconds of cruising at a steadyspeed, no manual shifts, noaggressive cornering, or when thevehicle comes to a stop.

While the Manual Paddle Shift gearselection system is active, thetransmission will automaticallydownshift through the gears as thevehicle slows. The transmission will



select 1 (First) gear as the vehiclestops. From a stop, the vehicle willstart from and hold 1 (First) gearunless the manual paddle shifts areused to shift into a different gear,or D (Drive) is selected.

If the left (−) minus paddle is helddown briefly, the transmission willdownshift to the lowest gearpossible for the vehicle speed. If thepaddle continues to be held as thevehicle slows, downshifts willcontinue to occur as vehicle speedallows. This feature also workswhile in Temporary Manual PaddleShift mode, but first press andrelease the (−) minus paddle toenter Temporary Manual PaddleShift mode, then press and hold the(−) minus paddle briefly.

The Manual Paddle Shift system willnot allow an upshift or a downshift ifthe vehicle speed is too fast or tooslow, nor will it allow a start from3 (Third) or higher gear.

If upshifting does not occur whenneeded, vehicle speed will belimited to protect the engine.

When a requested shift is denieddue to the speed restrictions shown,a DIC message will be displayed,and the current gear remainsdisplayed in the cluster and HUD.

Manual Paddle Shift operation isavailable for use with cruise control.See Cruise Control 0 202.

The vehicle speeds required forManual Paddle Shift upshiftsdepend on several vehicle inputs,which will vary the allowed upshiftspeed by a few km/h (mph).

For Vehicles with a 2.41:1 AxleRatio (RPO GXB)

. Upshifts to 3 (Third) gear requireapproximately 25 km/h (16 mph).

. Upshifts to 4 (Fourth) gearrequire approximately 37 km/h(23 mph).

. Upshifts to 5 (Fifth) gear requireapproximately 48 km/h (30 mph).

. Upshifts to 6 (Sixth) gear requireapproximately 60 km/h (37 mph).

. Upshifts to 7 (Seventh) gearrequire approximately 74 km/h(46 mph).

. Upshifts to 8 (Eighth) gearrequire approximately 95 km/h(59 mph).

To prevent damage to thepowertrain, Manual Paddledownshifts to a lower gear cannotbe done above certain speeds. Themaximum speed allowed fordownshifting of gears 1 (First)through 6 (Sixth) are:

. Into 6 (Sixth) gear over 309 km/h(192 mph).

. Into 5 (Fifth) gear over 243 km/h(151 mph).

. Into 4 (Fourth) gear over183 km/h (114 mph).

. Into 3 (Third) gear over149 km/h (93 mph).

. Into 2 (Second) gear over100 km/h (62 mph).

. Into 1 (First) gear over 62 km/h(39 mph).

For Vehicles with a 2.73:1 AxleRatio (RPO GU2)

. Upshifts to 3 (Third) gear requireapproximately 24 km/h (15 mph).



. Upshifts to 4 (Fourth) gearrequire approximately 34 km/h(21 mph).

. Upshifts to 5 (Fifth) gear requireapproximately 43 km/h (27 mph).

. Upshifts to 6 (Sixth) gear requireapproximately 55 km/h (34 mph).

. Upshifts to 7 (Seventh) gearrequire approximately 64 km/h(40 mph).

. Upshifts to 8 (Eighth) gearrequire approximately 82 km/h(51 mph).

To prevent damage to thepowertrain, Manual Paddledownshifts to a lower gear cannotbe done above certain speeds. Themaximum speed allowed fordownshifting of gears 1 (First)through 7 (Seventh) are:

. Into 7 (Seventh) gear over321 km/h (199 mph).

. Into 6 (Sixth) gear over 272 km/h(169 mph).

. Into 5 (Fifth) gear over 214 km/h(133 mph).

. Into 4 (Fourth) gear over161 km/h (100 mph).

. Into 3 (Third) gear over131 km/h (93 mph).

. Into 2 (Second) gear over88 km/h (62 mph).

. Into 1 (First) gear over 55 km/h(39 mph).

If an upshift is not requested as theengine speed approaches fuelshutoff rpm, the engine speed willbe limited to protect the engine. SeeRev Counter 0 103.

Gear Shifting Light

The gear shift light illuminates in theinstrument cluster when a gearupshift is recommended for best fueleconomy or performance,depending on driver input.

Manual Transmission

This is the 7-speed manual gearboxshift pattern.

To operate:

1 : Press the clutch pedal and shiftinto 1 (First). Then slowly let up onthe clutch pedal as the acceleratorpedal is pressed.

This can be done if the vehicle isgoing less than 64 km/h (40 mph).If the vehicle is at a complete stopand it is hard to shift into 1 (First),put the gear lever in Neutral and let



up on the clutch. Then press theclutch pedal back down and shiftinto 1 (First).

2 : Press the clutch pedal whileletting up on the accelerator pedaland shift into 2 (Second). Then,slowly let up on the clutch pedal asthe accelerator pedal is pressed.

3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 : Shift into3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), 6(Sixth), and 7 (Seventh) the sameway as for 2 (Second).

To stop, let up on the acceleratorpedal and press the brake pedal.Just before the vehicle stops, pressthe clutch pedal and the brake pedaland shift to Neutral.

Neutral : Use to start or idle theengine. Neutral is the centreposition of the shift pattern.

R : To back up, push the clutchpedal and shift into R (Reverse).Additional pressure may be neededto move the lever past 5 (Fifth) and6 (Sixth) into R (Reverse). Let up onthe clutch pedal slowly whilepressing the accelerator pedal.

The vehicle can be safely shiftedinto R (Reverse) while the vehicle ismoving less than 5 km/h (3 mph).If the vehicle is going faster thanthat, R (Reverse) is locked out.

Shift Speeds

Use the following shift speeds,shown in km/h (mph), for the bestfuel economy.

1 to 4 27 (17)

4 to 5 40 (25)

5 to 6 64 (40)

6 to 7 72 (45)

Caution

When shifting gears, do not movethe shift lever aroundunnecessarily. This may damagethe transmission. Shift directlyinto the next gear.

Shift Indicator

The shift indicator illuminates in theinstrument cluster when a gear shiftis recommended for best fueleconomy. When the arrow is pointedup, an upshift is recommended.When the arrow is pointed down, adownshift is recommended. Thenumber displayed with the arrowindicates the recommended gear.

Downshifting

Do not downshift into the gear at aspeed greater than shown:

1 (First) 72 km/h (45 mph)

2 (Second) 107 km/h (67 mph)

3 (Third) 160 km/h(100 mph)

4 (Fourth) 233 km/h(145 mph)



Caution

When downshifting, if more thanone gear is skipped, or the engineis racing when the clutch pedal isreleased, the engine, clutch,driveshaft or transmission couldbe damaged.

If the engine speed drops below 900rpm, or if the engine is not runningsmoothly, downshift to the nextlower gear. It may be necessary todownshift two or more gears.

The transmission has a spring thatcentres the gear lever near 3 (Third)and 4 (Fourth). This spring helps toknow what gear the gear lever is inwhen shifting. Be careful whenshifting from 1 (First) to 2 (Second)or downshifting from 7 (Seventh) to6 (Sixth). The spring will try to pullthe shift lever toward 4 (Fourth) and3 (Third). Move the lever into2 (Second) or 6 (Sixth) and do notlet the gear lever move in thedirection of the pulling, or it couldshift from 1 (First) to 4 (Fourth) orfrom 7 (Seventh) to 4 (Fourth).

If the vehicle is not changed up agear as the engine speedapproaches fuel shut off rpm, theengine speed will be limited toprotect the engine. See RevCounter 0 103.

Active Rev MatchVehicles equipped with a manualgearbox have Active Rev Match(ARM). ARM aids in smoothershifting by matching the enginespeed to the next selected gear. Bymonitoring gear lever and clutchoperation, ARM adjusts enginespeed to match a calibrated valuebased on gear selection. Onupshifts and downshifts, enginespeed will be increased anddecreased to match vehicle roadspeed and transmission gearposition. ARM is maintained for afew seconds between shifts, thendeactivates if the shift is notcompleted.

The system is activated anddeactivated by pressing either of thepaddles marked REV MATCH onthe steering wheel. The systemmust be activated with each newignition cycle.

A gear indicator in the instrumentcluster displays the current gearselected:



. When ARM is activated, thegear number is amber.

. When ARM is deactivated, thegear number is white.

. A white dash indicates thatservice is required. ARM will bedisabled, and the malfunctionindicator lamp will be on. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 107. Theclutch and manual gearbox willcontinue to operate normally.

ARM will also:

. Be active above 25 km/h(16 mph).

. Match engine speed up to5400 rpm.

. Not operate when theaccelerator pedal is applied.

. Be disabled when the coolanttemperature is below 0 °C (32°F).

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) WarningLight 0 110.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.



Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The switch is on thecentre console. The EPB canalways be activated, even if theignition is off. To prevent drainingthe battery, avoid repeated cycles ofthe EPB when the engine is notrunning.

The system has a red handbrakestatus light and an amberhandbrake warning light. SeeElectric Parking Brake Light 0 109and Service Electric Parking BrakeLight 0 109. There are alsohandbrake-related DriverInformation Centre (DIC) messages.See Brake System Messages0 120. In case of insufficientelectrical power, the EPB cannot beapplied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red handbrake status light toensure that the handbrake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red handbrake status light willflash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redhandbrake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redhandbrake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 109.

If the amber handbrake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red handbrakestatus light remains on. If the amberhandbrake warning light remains on,see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch is



held up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START position.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Push down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redhandbrake status light is off.

If the amber handbrake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switch

and holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the redhandbrake status light is off. If eitherlight stays on after release isattempted, see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

The EPB can also be used toprevent roll back for vehicles with amanual gearbox starting on a hill.When no roll back is desired, anapplied EPB will allow both feet tobe used for the clutch and

accelerator pedals in preparation forstarting the vehicle moving in theintended direction. In this case,there is no need to push the switchto release the EPB.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when the



brake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)If equipped, Hill Start Assist (HSA)may automatically activate when thevehicle is stopped on a gradient.This feature is designed to preventthe vehicle from rolling, eitherforward or rearward, during vehicledrive off. During the transition fromreleasing the brake pedal toaccelerating to drive off on a grade,HSA holds the braking pressure toprevent rolling. HSA will not activateif the vehicle is in a drive gear andfacing downhill or if the vehicle isfacing uphill and in R (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and a StabiliTraksystem. These systems help limitwheel spin and assist the driver inmaintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that therear wheels are spinning too muchor are beginning to lose traction.When this happens, TCS appliesthe brakes to the spinning wheeland reduces engine power (byclosing the throttle and managingengine spark) to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually travelling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of thevehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used whenTCS begins to limit wheel spin, thecruise control will automaticallydisengage. Cruise control may bereengaged when road conditionsallow. See Cruise Control 0 202.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 170and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.



The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Centre (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

The TCS/StabiliTrak button is on thecentre console.

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.



To turn off only TCS, press andrelease the g. The Traction Off lighti illuminates in the instrumentcluster. To turn TCS on again, pressand release g. The Traction Off

light i displayed in the instrumentcluster will turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold g until the Traction

Off light i and StabiliTrak OFF lightg illuminate and stay on in theinstrument cluster.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release g. TheTraction Off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

If the Tyre Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) is malfunctioning and theDIC displays SERVICE TYREMONITOR SYSTEM, StabiliTrak willbe affected as follows:

. StabiliTrak cannot be turned offby the driver.

. If StabiliTrak is off, it will beturned on automatically.

. Performance TractionManagement is unavailable.

. StabiliTrak will feel different inaiding and maintainingdirectional control.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 212.

Driver Mode Control

The Driver Mode Selector knob ison the console behind the gearlever.

There are five modes for differentdriving conditions: Weather, Eco,Tour, Sport, and Track.

The vehicle will latch in the EcoMode with the start of each keycycle.

The outer ring turns to change themodes, which display in theinstrument cluster.



Press the button in the centre of theknob for Stability Control andTraction Control, or if the vehicle isin Track mode with PerformanceTraction Management (PTM). SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 193 or the information onPTM in Competitive DrivingMode 0 199.

When PTM is active, the outer ringwill change the PTM mode and theDriver mode will display in theinstrument cluster.

Each mode is configured for use indifferent driving conditions. Use:

. Weather Mode for rainand snow.

. Eco Mode to improve fueleconomy.

. Tour Mode for comfortablenormal driving.

. Sport Mode for spirited on roaddriving.

. Track Mode for track use.

There are 12 attributes that vary bymode shown below. Not all vehicleshave all features, depending on thevehicle options.



Modes: WEATHER ECODefault

TOUR SPORT TRACK

Cluster Display Tour Tour Tour Sport Track

Throttle Progression Weather Normal Normal Sport Sport

Trans Shift Mode (if equipped) Normal Normal Normal Sport Track

Active Fuel Management Normal Eco Normal Normal Normal

Exhaust Mode Eco Eco Tour Sport Track

Steering Comfort Comfort Comfort Sport Track

StabiliTrak Normal Normal Normal Normal Comp ModeAvail

Electronic Limited Slip Mode 1 Mode 1 Mode 1 Modes 2& 3

Modes 2& 3

Magnetic Ride Tour Tour Tour Sport Track

Launch Control NA NA NA NA Available

Traction Control Weather Normal Normal Normal Track

Performance Traction Management Off Off Off Off Available



Driver Mode Selector AttributesAffected

Instrument Cluster Display

Configures the gauge clusterdisplay for each mode when linked(default):

. Tour: Modern theme whichfeatures displays for audio andnavigation.

. Sport: Classic easy to readSports Car gauges.

. Track: Gauges design based onCorvette Racing display with laptimer.

Throttle Progression

Adjusts throttle sensitivity byselecting how quick or slow thethrottle reacts to input.

Transmission Shift Mode − PaddleShift Automatic

. Adjusts to either a smoother orfirmer shift.

. Sport – Performance AlgorithmLiftfoot (PAL) recognizesaggressive throttle maneuversand holds lower gears for

greater engine braking andenhanced vehicle control whennot using paddles. (Available inSport or Track Mode.)

. Track – Performance AlgorithmShift (PAS) recognisesaggressive cornering, heavybraking, and high acceleration toselect and hold lower gearswhen not using paddles.

Active Fuel Management (enginecylinder shuts off)4-Cylinder Mode

. Normal with automatictransmission: The engine uses8-cylinder mode whenaccelerating, but changes to4-cylinder mode when coasting.

. With manual transmission:Active Fuel Management onlyactive in Eco Mode.

. Off in Manual mode withautomatic transmission unless inEco Mode.

. Eco keeps the engine in4-cylinder mode unless heavyacceleration is needed.

Exhaust (variable mode exhaustsystem)

Changes when the variable exhaustvalves open.

Steering (Assist Effort)

Adjusts from a lighter steering feelto reduced assist for moresteering feel.

Magnetic Ride Control

Adjusts the shock dampeningfirmness based on drivingconditions to improve comfort andperformance.

Launch Control

Available only in Track mode formaximum “off–the–line” accelerationwhen in PTM modes.

Stability Control

. Performance Track Managementallows less computer control topermit some slide and drift andis selected with g – onlyavailable in Sport orTrack Mode.



. StabiliTrak can be turned off bypressing and holding g for10 seconds.

PTM (Performance TractionManagement)

. Available in Track Mode.

. There are five selectablesettings if Performance TractionManagement is activated.

Competitive Driving ModePerformance Traction Management(PTM), and Launch Control aresystems designed to allowincreased performance whileaccelerating and/or cornering. Thisis accomplished by regulating andoptimising the engine, brakes andsuspension performance. Thesemodes are for use at a closedcourse race track and are notintended for use on public roads.They will not compensate for driverinexperience or lack of familiaritywith the race track. Drivers whoprefer to allow the system to havemore control of the engine, brake,

and suspension are advised to turnthe normal traction control andStabiliTrak systems on.

Caution

Attempting to shift when the drivewheels are spinning and do nothave traction may cause damageto the transmission. Damagecaused by misuse of the vehicleis not covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not attempt to shiftwhen the drive wheels do nothave traction.

Performance TractionManagement (Z06 models,Grand Sport models, andStingray with FE4)

Performance Traction Management(PTM) integrates the TractionControl, StabiliTrak, and MagneticRide Control systems to provideimproved and consistentperformance when cornering. Theamount of available engine power is

based on the mode selected, trackconditions, driver skill, and theradius of each corner.

This light is on when the vehicle isin the PTM Mode.

In order to select this optionalhandling mode, the vehicle modemust be in Track Mode. Thenquickly press g on the centerconsole two times. PERF TRAC 1 -WET ACTIVE HANDLING ONdisplays in the DIC.

To experience the performancebenefit of this system, after enteringa curve and at the point where youwould normally start to increaseacceleration, fully press theaccelerator pedal. The PTM systemwill modify the level of engine powerfor a smooth and consistentcorner exit.



To select a mode while in PTM, turnthe Magnetic Ride Control/Performance Traction ManagementMODE SELECT knob on the centreconsole.

The PTM system contains fivemodes. These modes are selectedby turning the Magnetic RideControl/Performance TractionManagement MODE SELECT knobon the centre console. Scroll up ordown through modes 1–5 by turningthe MODE SELECT knob to theright or left.

The following is a DIC displaydescription and the recommendedusage of each mode:

PERF TRAC 1 - WET ACTIVEHANDLING ON. Intended for all driver skill levels.

. Wet or damp conditions only -not intended for use in heavyrain or standing water.

. StabiliTrak is on and enginepower is reduced based onconditions.

PERF TRAC 2 – DRY ACTIVEHANDLING ON. For use by less experienced

drivers or while learning a newtrack.

. Dry conditions only.

. StabiliTrak is on and enginepower is slightly reduced.

PERF TRAC 3 – SPORTACTIVE HANDLING ON. For use by drivers who are

familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmode 2.

. StabiliTrak is on and moreengine power is available than inmode 2.

PERF TRAC 4 – SPORTACTIVE HANDLING OFF. For use by drivers who are

familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmodes 2 or 3.

. StabiliTrak is off and availableengine power is the same asmode 3.

PERF TRAC 5 – RACE ACTIVEHANDLING OFF. For use by experienced drivers

who are familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanin other modes.

. StabiliTrak is off and enginepower is available for maximumcornering speed.



Press and release g to turn offPerformance Traction Managementand return to the traction control andStabiliTrak systems. The traction offlight i and StabiliTrak OFF light gwill go out.

Launch Control (TrackMode Only)

A Launch Control feature isavailable, within PTM (Z06 models,Grand Sport models, and Stingraywith FE4), on all vehicles to allowthe driver to achieve high levels ofvehicle acceleration in a straightline. Launch Control is a form oftraction control that manages tyrespin while launching the vehicle.This feature is intended for useduring closed course race eventswhere consistent zero to60 and quarter mile times aredesirable.

Launch Control is only availablewhen the following criteria are met:

. Any of the PTM modes areselected. The TCS light comeson the instrument panel and theappropriate DIC messagedisplays.

. The vehicle is not moving.

. The steering wheel is pointingstraight.

Manual Transmissions

. The clutch is pressed and thevehicle is in 1 (First) gear.

. The accelerator pedal is rapidlyapplied to wide open throttle.

The Launch Control feature willinitially limit engine speed as thedriver rapidly applies the acceleratorpedal to wide open throttle. Allowthe engine rpm to stabilise.A smooth, quick release of theclutch, while maintaining the fullypressed accelerator pedal, willmanage wheel slip. Complete shiftsas described in ManualTransmission 0 187.

Automatic Transmissions

. The brake pedal must be firmlypressed to the floor, equivalentto a panic brake event.

. The accelerator pedal is rapidlyapplied to wide open throttle. (Ifthe vehicle rolls due to wideopen throttle, release thethrottle, press the brake pedalmore firmly, and re-apply theaccelerator to wide openthrottle.)

The Launch Control feature willinitially limit engine speed as thedriver rapidly applies the acceleratorpedal to wide open throttle. Allowthe engine rpm to stabilise.A smooth, quick release of thebrake pedal, while maintaining thefully pressed accelerator pedal, willmanage wheel slip.

After the vehicle is launched, thesystem continues in PTM.

PTM, and Launch Control aresystems designed for a closedcourse race track and not intendedfor use on public roads. Thesystems are not intended to



compensate for lack of driverexperience or familiarity with therace track.

Limited-Slip DifferentialThe Electronic Limited-SlipDifferential (eLSD) is automaticallyactivated. eLSD actively monitorsvehicle sensors and driver inputs todetermine the amount of change forthe conditions. With eLSD, thevehicle has:

. Enhanced high-speed control.

. Improved traction throughcorners, allowing moreacceleration.

. More precise steering.

. Increased vehicle agility.

. Integration with StabiliTrak.

For vehicles with eLSD, drivenunder severe conditions, the rearaxle fluid should be changed. SeeCompetitive Driving Mode 0 199and Scheduled Maintenance 0 293.

Cruise ControlWith cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or morecan be maintained without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tyre traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If equipped with a manual gearbox,the cruise control will remain activewhen the gears are shifted. Thecruise is disengaged if the clutch ispressed for several seconds.

If the Traction Control System (TCS)begins to limit wheel spin while youare using cruise control, the cruisecontrol automatically disengages.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 193. When roadconditions allow for using safelyagain, cruise control can be turnedback on.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

1 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.



RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready engaged, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET/– : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already engaged,use to decrease vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

The digital speedometer readingcan be displayed in either English ormetric units. See InstrumentCluster 0 98.

Setting Cruise Control

If 1 is on when not in use, SET/– orRES/+ could get pressed and gointo cruise when not desired. Keep1 off when cruise is notbeing used.

1. Press 1 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET/– onthe steering wheel.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 98.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, brieflypress RES/+. The vehicle returns tothe previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

Do one of the following:

. Press and hold RES/+ until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressRES/+. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

Do one of the following:

. Press and hold SET/– until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET/–. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) slower.

Overtaking Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed.



While pressing the accelerator pedalor shortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing SET/– will result in cruiseset to the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to apply theaccelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going downhill, youmight have to brake or change to alower gear to keep your speeddown. If the brake pedal is applied,cruise control will disengage.

Cruise Control in Manual PaddleShift Gear Selection

When the vehicle is in M (ManualMode) and the manual paddle shiftcontrols are not being used, cruisecontrol operates in the samemanner as D (Drive).

When the vehicle is in M (ManualMode) and the manual paddle shiftcontrols are being used, cruisecontrol operates as follows:

. If cruise control is active and agear is selected with the manualpaddle shift controls, the vehiclespeed is maintained in the driverselected gear and will notautomatically upshift ordownshift the transmission whilethe driver's gear selection isactive.

. If driving in hilly terrain, cruisecontrol may not be able tomaintain vehicle speed if anupshift or downshift is notselected by the driver. Whiledriving on hilly terrain and cruisecontrol is active with a manualpaddle gear lever selection, thedriver must select the propergear for the terrain or select D(Drive) on the gear lever for fullautomatic transmissionoperation.

Ending Cruise Control

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press the clutch pedal forseveral seconds or shift toN (Neutral) (manual gearboxes).

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral) (automatictransmissions).

. Press*.

. To turn off cruise control,press 1.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 1 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.



Driver AssistanceSystems

Assistance Systems forParking or ReversingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC) and Curb View Camera mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press abutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of 8 km/h (5 mph).

The camera is above the numberplate.

1. View displayed by thecamera.

1. View displayed by thecamera.

2. Corner of the rear bumper.

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.



Curb View Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays in theinfotainment display. The displayshows a front, top down view at thetop and left and right front cameraimages on the bottom.

The front view shows after shiftingfrom R (Reverse) to a forward gear,or by pressing CAMERA in thecentre console, and when thevehicle is moving forward slowerthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

The front cameras are on both sidesof the front fascia.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras' field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Turning the Features On or Off

To turn off the guidance lines:

1. On the infotainment system,press the Settings screenbutton, or turn the MENU knobto highlight Settings andpress MENU.

2. Select Rear Camera.

3. Select Guidance Lines andthen select Off or On.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The RVC system may not workproperly or display a clear image if:

. It is dark.

. The sun or the beam ofheadlamps are shining directlyinto the camera lens.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything elsebuilds up on the camera lens.Clean the lens, rinse it withwater, and wipe it with a softcloth.

. The back of the vehicle is in anaccident. The position andmounting angle of the cameracan change or the camera canbe affected. Be sure to have thecamera and its position andmounting angle checked at yourdealer.



FuelUse the recommended fuel forproper vehicle maintenance.

For the LT1 6.2L V8 engine, useunleaded petrol with a postedoctane rating of 95 RON or higher.Unleaded petrol rated at 91 RONcan be used, but acceleration andfuel economy will be reduced, andan audible knocking noise may beheard. If this occurs, use petrolrated at 95 RON as soon aspossible, otherwise the engine couldbe damaged. If heavy knocking isheard when using unleaded petrolrated at 95 RON, the engine needsservice.

For the LT4 6.2L V8 superchargedengine, use unleaded petrol with aposted octane rating of 95 RON orhigher. If the octane is less than 95RON, the engine could be damagedand repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If heavyknocking is heard when using petrolrated at 95 RON octane, the engineneeds service.

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, andaniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

Fuel AdditivesPetrol should contain detergentadditives that help prevent engineand fuel system deposits fromforming. Clean fuel injectors andintake valves will allow the emissioncontrol system to work properly.Some petrol does not containsufficient quantities of additives tokeep fuel injectors and intake valvesclean. To make up for this lack ofdetergency, consult your retailer forthe GM approved additivetreatment. Add this additive to thefuel tank at every engine oil changeor every 15 000 km (9 000 mi),whichever occurs first.



Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapours and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefuelling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a mobile phonewhile refuelling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if therefuelling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuellingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel.

To open the fuel filler flap, push andrelease the rearward centre edge ofthe flap. The fuel door is lockedwhen the vehicle doors are locked.

Press K on the RKE transmitter tounlock. The driver door must beopened before the fuel door willunlock.

The vehicle has a capless refuellingsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds before removing thenozzle. After initial shutoff, do notpartially remove the nozzle to addmore fuel as this will result in fuel



spillage. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 283.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefuelling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableFuel Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablepetrol can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from inside the vehicle.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapours that can ignite eitherby static electricity or other

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

means. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, boot, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using mobile phonesor other electronic devices.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light)0 107. A device connected to theDLC — such as an aftermarketfleet or driver-behaviour trackingdevice — may interfere withvehicle systems. This could affectvehicle operation and cause acrash. Such devices may alsoaccess information stored in thevehicle's systems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents not to work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 75 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 75.


Vehicle Care 211

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 212Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 225Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Manual Gearbox Fluid . . . . . . . . 227Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 227Cooling System (Engine) . . . . . 229Cooling System (AeroPanel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 233Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 243Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 244

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 244Windshield Replacement . . . . . 245

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 246High Intensity Discharge (HID)Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Number Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 246Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 247Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Wheels and TyresTyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Winter Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Run-Flat Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Low-Profile Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Competition Oriented Tires . . . 258Summer Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Tyre Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Tyre Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Tyre Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Tyre Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264When It Is Time for NewTyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Different Size Tyres andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Wheel Alignment and TyreBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 268Tyre Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270If a Tyre Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Storing the Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Jump StartingJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279


212 Vehicle Care

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 282Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine parts and trained andsupported service people.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like anti-lockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GM

certified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorise the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75.

Lifting the Vehicle

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle can cause aninjury. The vehicle can slip off thejack and roll over you or otherpeople. You and they could bebadly injured. Find a level placeto lift your vehicle. To helpprevent the vehicle from moving:

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 213

Warning (Continued)

1. Apply the parking brakefirmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual gearbox in 1 (First)or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine.

To be even more certain thevehicle will not move, put chocksin front of and behind the wheels.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle or the vehiclemay fall and cause injury to youor others.

If a jack is used to lift the vehicle,follow the instructions that camewith the jack, and be sure to use thecorrect lifting points to avoiddamaging the vehicle.

Caution

Lifting the vehicle improperly candamage it and result in costlyrepairs not covered by the vehiclewarranty. To lift the vehicleproperly and prevent vehicledamage:

. Be sure to place a block orpad between the jack andthe vehicle.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Lift only in the areas shownin the following illustrations.

For additional information, seeyour dealer and the ChevroletCorvette service manual.

Caution

The front jack pads must notcontact the rocker panels, thefront fenders, or the floor pan.If they do, damage may occur.


214 Vehicle Care

Lifting from the Front – Cradle

The front lifting points can beaccessed from either side of thevehicle, behind the front tyres.

1. Locate the front lifting points.

2. Place a block or pad betweenthe jack and the vehicle.

3. Lift the vehicle with the jack.

Lifting from the Front – Frame

Use only a service jack with a liftingpad diameter of 64 mm (2.5 in) orsmaller, and thick enough to makesure the jack does not contact thevehicle body.

Position the service jack and liftingpad under the frame rail shippingslot reinforcement.

Lifting from the Rear – Cradle

The rear lifting points can beaccessed from the rear driver orpassenger side of the vehicle.

1. Locate the rear lifting points.

2. Place a block or pad betweenthe jack and the vehicle.

3. Lift the vehicle with the jack.


Vehicle Care 215

Lifting from the Rear – Frame

Use only a service jack with a liftingpad diameter of 64 mm (2.5 in) orsmaller, and thick enough to makesure the jack does not contact thevehicle body.

Position the service jack and liftingpad under the frame rail shippingslot reinforcement.

For more information, see DoingYour Own Service Work 0 215.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

BonnetTo open the bonnet:

1. Pull the bonnet release leverinside the vehicle. It is belowthe instrument panel on thedriver side.


216 Vehicle Care

2. Go to the side of the vehicleand pull up on the rear edge ofthe bonnet, near thewindscreen.

Before closing the bonnet, be sureall the filler caps are on properly.Then, pull the bonnet down andclose it firmly.


Vehicle Care 217

Engine Compartment Overview

6.2L LT1 V8 Engine (Stingray with Z51 and Grand Sport)


218 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Oil Dipstick. See“Checking Engine Oil” underEngine Oil 0 220.

2. Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank FillCap. See “Changing Engine Oiland Filter” Engine Oil 0 220.

3. Passenger Compartment AirFilter 0 153 (Out of View).

4. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See EngineCoolant 0 231.

5. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 248.

6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 227.

7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System(Engine) 0 229 or CoolingSystem (Aero Panel) 0 230.

8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 236.

9. Clutch Master CylinderReservoir (If Equipped). SeeHydraulic Clutch 0 227.

10. Windscreen Washer FluidReservoir. See “Adding WasherFluid” under WasherFluid 0 235.


Vehicle Care 219

6.2L LT4 V8 Engine (Z06)


220 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Oil Dipstick. See“Checking Engine Oil” underEngine Oil 0 220.

2. Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank FillCap. See “Changing Engine Oiland Filter” Engine Oil 0 220.

3. Passenger Compartment AirFilter 0 153 (Out of View).

4. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See EngineCoolant 0 231.

5. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 248.

6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 227.

7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System(Engine) 0 229 or CoolingSystem (Aero Panel) 0 230.

8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 236.

9. Clutch Master CylinderReservoir (If Equipped). SeeHydraulic Clutch 0 227.

10. Windscreen Washer FluidReservoir. See “Adding WasherFluid” under WasherFluid 0 235.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 225.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil (ExceptStingray with Z51, GrandSport, and Z06)

If the ENGINE OIL LOW - ADD OILmessage displays on the DriverInformation Centre (DIC), check theengine oil level right away. For moreinformation, see Engine OilMessages 0 123. Check the engineoil level regularly; this is an addedreminder.

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 217 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Centre(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.


Vehicle Care 221

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steepgradients or too soon afterengine shutoff can result inincorrect readings. Accuracyimproves when checking a coldengine prior to starting. Removethe dipstick and check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil(Except Stingray with Z51,Grand Sport, and Z06)

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 301.

See Track Events and CompetitiveDriving 0 159 for additionalinformation on engine oil.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 217 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when done.


222 Vehicle Care

Checking Engine Oil (Stingraywith Z51, Grand Sport,and Z06)

1. Engine Oil Dipstick2. Engine Oil Fill Cap

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehiclemust be on level ground.

The engine oil dipstick handle is aloop. The dipstick is located on thedry sump engine oil tank. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 217 for the location of the drysump engine oil tank.

These vehicles have aracetrack-ready dry sump enginelubrication system. Thishigh-performance system operatesdifferently than a standard enginelubrication system and requires aspecial procedure when checkingthe engine oil level. Follow thisprocedure closely.

The engine oil level must bechecked when the engine is warm.Cold oil level in the dry sump tankmay not indicate the actual amountof oil in the system. With thissystem, engine oil is contained in anexternal tank, separate from theengine. Under normal operatingconditions, the oil pan under theengine does not store any oil. If thevehicle has been parked for anextended period without the enginebeing started, some oil will seepback into the oil pan, reducing theamount of oil held in the dry sumptank and there could be no engineoil at all showing on the dipstick.This is normal since the dipstick isdesigned to read the engine oil levelonly after the engine has run longenough to reach normal operating

temperature. Do not add engine oilbased on cold engine dipstickreadings. The engine oil level on thedipstick will also be inaccurate ifchecked while the engine is running.

1. To obtain an accurate engineoil level reading, warm up theengine to at least 80 °C (175 °F). Cold oil will not give acorrect oil level reading.

2. Once the engine is warm, turnoff the engine. Checking the oilwhile the engine is running willresult in an incorrect oil levelreading.

3. Check the oil level betweenfive and 10 minutes after theengine is shut down.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

4. Remove the dipstick from theexternal engine oil tank andwipe it with a clean lint-free


Vehicle Care 223

paper towel or a cloth.Re-insert the dipstick into theexternal oil tank, pushing it allthe way in until it stops.

5. Remove the dipstick from theoil tank and read the level onthe cross-hatched area.

When to Add Engine Oil(Stingray with Z51, GrandSport, and Z06)

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oilthrough the oil fill cap opening in theoil tank and then recheck the level.See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”for an explanation of what kind of oil

to use. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 301.

See Track Events and CompetitiveDriving 0 159 for additionalinformation on engine oil.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 217 for the location of the externalengine oil tank and fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback into the oil tank when through.

Changing Engine Oil and Filter(Stingray with Z51, GrandSport, and Z06)

The vehicle may have aracetrack-ready dry sump enginelubrication system. Thishigh-performance system operatesdifferently than a standard enginelubrication system and requires aspecial procedure when changingthe engine oil and filter. Follow thisprocedure closely when changingthe engine oil and filter.


224 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Oil Drain Plugs2. Seals

Steps to follow:

1. Remove the two engine oildrain plugs from the bottom ofthe engine oil pan. One drainplug drains the external oil tankvia the oil transfer supply line.The other drain plug drainsresidual oil from the crankcasesump. Allow the oil to drain.

2. Once the oil has been drainedfrom the engine, remove theengine oil filter and allow the oilto drain.

3. Reinstall both drain plugs andtighten them to 25Y(18 lb ft).

4. Replace the oil filter andtighten it to 30Y (22 lb ft).See Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 297 for the correct filter.

5. Oil is filled through the openingin the top of the externalengine oil tank. Remove the oilfill cap.

6. Add oil to the oil tank. SeeCapacities andSpecifications 0 301.

7. Install the oil fill cap and insertthe dipstick, if removed.

8. Start the engine and let it runat idle for at least 15 seconds.This will circulate the freshengine oil through thelubrication system.

9. Shut off the engine and checkthe oil level as described under“Checking Engine Oil (Stingraywith Z51, Grand Sport,and Z06).”

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos2™ specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos2 specification are markedwith the dexos2 approved logo.

GM recommends Mobil 1® engineoils that show the dexos approvedlogo for its dry sump equippedengines.

Use of Substitute Engine Oils ifdexos2 is unavailable: In the eventthat dexos2-approved engine oil isnot available at an oil change or for


Vehicle Care 225

maintaining proper oil level, youmay use substitute engine oil thatmeets ACEA C3 of the appropriateviscosity grade.

Caution

Use only engine oil that isapproved to the dexos2specification or equivalent engineoil as defined in the precedingparagraph. Failure to use therecommended engine oil canresult in engine damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used.An oil of this viscosity grade willprovide easier cold starting for theengine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil of

the correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this sectionfor more information.

For track events or competitivedriving, Mobil 1® 15W-50 engine oilis recommended. An instrumentcluster warning light will beilluminated at high oil temperatures.See Driver Information Centre(DIC) 0 114.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos2 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean your

skin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. For


226 Vehicle Care

the oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

Z51, Grand Sport, and Z06 modelshave a racetrack-ready dry sumpengine lubrication system. This highperformance system operatesdifferently than a standard enginelubrication system and requires aspecial procedure when changingthe engine oil and filter. See EngineOil 0 220.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 123.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is also

important to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

Dry Sump Engine Break-In OilChange

If equipped with a dry sump engine,the initial oil and filter change mustbe performed at 800 km/500 mi.Follow the engine oil life system forevery oil change thereafter.

Resetting the Oil Life System

After you change the oil, the oil lifesystem will need to be reset. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

See “Oil Life” under DriverInformation Centre (DIC) 0 114 forinformation on the engine oil lifesystem.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in ScheduledMaintenance 0 293, and be sure touse the fluid listed in RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 296.


Vehicle Care 227

Manual Gearbox FluidIt is not necessary to check themanual gearbox fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to thedealer and have it repaired as soonas possible. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 296 for theproper fluid to use.

Hydraulic ClutchIt is not necessary to regularlycheck clutch fluid unless yoususpect there is a leak in thesystem. Adding fluid will not correcta leak. A fluid loss in this systemcould indicate a problem. Have thesystem inspected and repaired.

When to Check and Whatto Use

The hydraulic clutch fluid reservoircap has this symbol on it. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 217 for reservoir location.

Refer to the Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 296 for the properfluid to use. The fluid requireschanging. See the ScheduledMaintenance 0 293.

How to Check and Add Fluid

Visually check the clutch fluidreservoir to make sure the fluid levelis at the MIN (minimum) line on theside of the reservoir. The hydraulicclutch fluid system should be closedand sealed.

Do not remove the cap to check thefluid level or to top-off the fluid level.Remove the cap only whennecessary to add the proper fluiduntil the level reaches the MIN line.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overview0 217 for the location of the engineair cleaner/filter.

If cleaning the vehicle with thebonnet open, take care not to spraywater directly near the filter openingof the air cleaner, as shown in theillustration, as this could damagethe vehicle's engine.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see ScheduledMaintenance 0 293.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not clean


228 Vehicle Care

the engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To remove the bonnet extractor ductto gain access:

1. Bolts (4)2. Bonnet Extractor Duct

1. Open the bonnet. SeeBonnet 0 215.

2. Remove the four bolts (1) andthe bonnet extractor duct (2).

3. Reverse Step 2 to replace thebonnet extractor duct.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Surge Tank Coolant Hose2. Screws (2)3. Hose Retainers (2)4. Air Duct Clamp5. Electrical Connector

Caution

If the engine coolant surge tankhose is not carefully lifted out ofthe hose retainers on the aircleaner/filter cover assembly, itmay be damaged and causeengine coolant to leak. Damagewould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

1. Carefully lift the surge tankcoolant hose (1) from bothhose retainers (3) and positionthe hose to be able to removethe screws securing the aircleaner/filter end cap.

2. Loosen the air duct clamp (4)at the air cleaner/filter housingend cap and move the duct outof the way.

3. Remove the electricalconnector (5) from the sensor.

4. Remove the two screws (2).

5. Turn the air cleaner/filter endcap downward and disengagethe lower end cap mounting


Vehicle Care 229

tabs from the lower retentionhinge features. Be sure toinsert the lower end capmounting tabs fully into thehousing retention hingefeatures before turning the endcap upward and replacing thescrews.

6. Inspect or replace the aircleaner/filter.

7. Reverse Steps 1–6 to replacethe air cleaner/filter end cap.

8. Replace the extractor bonnetduct. See above.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.

Cooling System (Engine)The cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

LT1 Engine (Z51)

1. Coolant Surge Tank withPressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

LT4 Engine (Z06)

1. Coolant Surge Tank withPressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the bonnet can start upeven when the engine is notrunning and can cause injury.

(Continued)


230 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underbonnetelectric fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can causepremature engine, heater core,

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

or radiator corrosion. In addition,the engine coolant could requirechanging sooner. Any repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always useDEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolantin the vehicle.

Cooling System (AeroPanel)The aero panel enhancesaerodynamic efficiency andimproves fuel economy.

Remove the aero panel and bracketto improve engine cooling and airconditioning performance whendriving aggressively or in hotweather.

To remove the aero panel andbracket:

Stingray Shown, Grand Sport andZ06 Similar

1. Press up on the two indents atthe bottom and lift the aeropanel off the bracket.


Vehicle Care 231

Stingray Shown, Grand Sport andZ06 Similar

2. Unscrew the two fasteners thatsecure the bracket.

3. Gently pull the bracket awayfrom the grille.

To replace the bracket and aeropanel:

1. Position the bracket over thegrille.

2. Secure the bracket by pushingthe two fasteners into place.

3. Snap the aero panel into place.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL® enginecoolant. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 296. The fluidrequires changing at certainintervals. See ScheduledMaintenance 0 293.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 233.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The vehicle's coolant warningsystem is set for the propercoolant mixture. With plain wateror the wrong mixture, the engine

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could get too hot but you wouldnot get the overheat warning. Theengine could catch fire and you orothers could be burned. Use amixture of 40% DEX-COOLcoolant and 60% clean, drinkablewater.

Use a mixture of 40% DEX-COOLcoolant and 60% clean, drinkablewater. If using this mixture, nothingelse needs to be added. Thismixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −28 °C (−18 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminiumparts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.


232 Vehicle Care

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crackengine cooling parts. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use only theproper mixture of engine coolantfor the cooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the refuse, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorised servicecentre, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

If ambient temperatures areanticipated below −28 °C (−18 °F),make sure a proper mixture ratio of50% DEXCOOL coolant and 50%clean, drinkable water is used.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level is not at orabove the cold fill line, add amixture of 40% DEX-COOL coolantand 60% clean, drinkable water atthe coolant recovery tank, but besure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done. See EngineOverheating 0 233.

The engine coolant surge tank istoward the rear of the enginecompartment on the passenger sideof the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 217.

When the engine is cold, the coolantlevel should be at the cold fill line onthe coolant surge tank.

When the engine is hot, the levelcould be higher than the cold fillline. If the coolant is below the coldfill line when the engine is hot, therecould be a leak in the coolingsystem.

If the coolant is low, add the coolantor take the vehicle to a dealer forservice.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.


Vehicle Care 233

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

If coolant is needed, add the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture directlyto the surge tank but be sure thecooling system is cool before thisis done.

1. When the cooling system,including the coolant surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot,remove the pressure cap.

Turn the pressure cap slowlyanticlockwise aboutone-quarter turn and then stop.

If a hiss is heard, wait for thatto stop. A hiss means there isstill some pressure left.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper DEX-COOL coolantmixture until the level insidestabilises at the cold fill line onthe front of the surge tank.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until theupper radiator hose can be feltgetting hot. Any time duringthis procedure, watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level stabilises atthe cold fill line on the coolantsurge tank.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

Check the level in the surgetank when the system hascooled down. If the coolant isnot at the proper level, repeat

Steps 1−4, then reinstall thepressure cap. If the coolant isnot at the proper level whenthe system cools down again,see the dealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicatorsto warn of engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 104.The vehicle may also display amessage on the Driver InformationCentre (DIC). See Engine CoolingSystem Messages 0 122.

If the decision is made not to lift thebonnet but to get service helpright away.


234 Vehicle Care

If the decision is made to lift thebonnet, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine and have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the bonnet. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn it

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

off and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe bonnet.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, and let theengine idle.

If the temperature overheat gauge isno longer in the shaded area or anoverheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.


Vehicle Care 235

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When the vehicle needs windscreenwasher fluid, be sure to read themanufacturer instructions beforeuse. If the vehicle will be operatingin an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 217.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindscreen washer. It candamage the windscreenwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion if

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

freezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

Brakes

Brake Wear

Disc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard all the time the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.


236 Vehicle Care

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Under certain weather or operatingconditions, occasional brake squealmight be heard with the vehicle'sperformance braking system. Thisbrake system is designed forsuperior fade resistance andconsistent operation using highperformance brake pads. Brakesqueal is normal and does not affectsystem performance.

If equipped with high performancebrake linings, there could be anincreased build-up of brake dust aswell as minor noises as comparedto standard brake linings.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Wear (Grand Sport and Z06Model with J57 Ceramic Brakes)

This vehicle does not have built-inbrake pad wear indicators. Thebrake pads should be inspectedperiodically and any time the tiresare removed. See your dealer.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 217 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.


Vehicle Care 237

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 108.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeScheduled Maintenance 0 293.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 296.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

BatteryThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number onthe original battery label when anew battery is needed.

For battery replacement, see yourdealer or the service manual.

{ Warning

Batteries should not be disposedof with regular refuse. Make surethat you dispose of old batteriesin accordance with environmentalprotection regulations to helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.


238 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Do not use a match or flame neara vehicle's battery. If you needmore light, use a torch.

Do not smoke near a vehicle'sbattery.

When working around a vehicle'sbattery, shield your eyes withprotective glasses.

Keep children away from vehiclebatteries.

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be hurt badly if you arenot careful.

Follow instructions carefully whenworking around a battery.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Battery posts, terminals andrelated accessories contain leadand lead compounds which cancause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

Vehicle Storage

Some vehicles have a batterymaintainer package. Follow theinstructions provided with thebattery maintainer package to keepthe battery charged when thevehicle is not in use. Plug thebattery maintainer into the rear

accessory power outlet only. Thefront power outlet turns off after theignition is off.

For vehicles without a batterymaintainer, see the followinginformation.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (-) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

See “Window Indexing” in PowerWindows 0 42.

Extended Storage: It isrecommended that the batterymaintainer package be used.However, if not, remove the black,negative (−) cable from the battery.All vehicle memory settings willneed to be reset when batterypower is restored.

Battery Charger/Maintainer

For lead-acid batteries up to120 Ah

INTRODUCTION

Please read and follow theinstructions carefully.


Vehicle Care 239

SAFETY

. The charger is designed forcharging 12V lead-acid batteries.Do not use the charger for anyother purpose.

. Battery acid is corrosive. Rinseimmediately with water if acidcomes into contact with skin oreyes and seek immediatemedical advice.

. Ensure that the cabling liesstraight and does not come intocontact with hot surfaces orsharp edges.

. A charging battery could emitexplosive gases, which is why itis important to prevent sparksclose to the battery. Whenbatteries are reaching the end oftheir life cycle, internal sparksmay occur.

. Always provide for properventilation during charging.

. Avoid covering the charger.

. Ensure that the mains cable isnot exposed to water.

. Never charge a frozen battery.

. Never charge a damagedbattery.

. Never place the charger on topof the battery when charging.

. Connection to the mains supplymust be in accordance with thenational regulations for electricalinstallations.

. Check the charger cables priorto use. Ensure that no crackshave occurred in the cables or inthe bend protection. A chargerwith damaged cables must notbe used.

. Always check that the chargerhas switched to maintenancecharging mode before leavingthe charger unattended andconnected for long periods. If thecharger has not switched tomaintenance charging within72 hours, this is an indication ofan error. In such cases thecharger must be disconnectedmanually.

. If a battery fails during charging,the charger's advancedtechnology will take care of most

problems but some rare errors inthe battery could still exist. Don'tleave a battery connected to thecharger unattended for a longerperiod of time.

. Store and use the batterycharger out of the reach ofchildren and ensure that childrencannot play with the charger.

. Batteries consume water duringuse and charging. For batterieswhere water can be added, thewater level should be checkedregularly. If the water level is lowadd distilled water.

BATTERY TYPES AND SETTINGS

The charger is suitable for use withthe battery supplied in your vehicle.If you replace the original battery,observe the battery manufacturer'sguidelines. See which battery sizesthat the various charger models aresuitable for under “TECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS.”


240 Vehicle Care

The table explains the variouslamps:

CHARGING

Connection of the charger tobatteries that are fitted invehicles:

1. Connecting the model 1052charger

- Connecting the equipment toa battery fitted in the vehicle.

2. When the rear accessorypower outlet is beingconnected or disconnected, theplug of the model 1052 chargermust be disconnected from thepower socket.

3. Connect charger to therear APO.

4. Connect the AC cord to thewall socket.

START CHARGING

1. After the accessory poweroutlet has been connected tothe vehicle, connect thecharger to the wall socket.

2. Model 1052 charger startscharging as soon as the mainssupply is connected.

3. Normal charging will beindicated by the lamp for bulkcharge or the lamp formaintenance charge. When thelamp for maintenance charge islit, it means that the battery isfully charged. The charge willrestart again if the voltagedrops.

4. Charging can be stopped atany time by disconnecting themains supply. Alwaysdisconnect the cable from thewall socket beforedisconnecting the power outlet.

5. If the charging lamp and themaintenance charger lamp areflashing alternately:

If the lamps are flashing a fewtimes per second this could bedue to a poor contact betweenthe charger and the battery orthat the battery is sulphated.Check the connection to thebattery. If the lamps flash formore than 60 minutes, thisindicates that the battery isdamaged and needs to bereplaced. If the lamps flash at afew minute intervals, thebattery has a high selfdischarge and may needreplacing.

CHARGING STEPS

The charger has a four step, fullyautomatic charging cycle. At thestart of charging, the battery chargerdelivers maximum current to thebattery and the battery voltageincreases steadily to maximumvoltage. At this point the voltage willbe regulated and held at a constantlevel by the charging current, thendropping gradually. When thecharging current has dropped below0.4A, the charger switches tomaintenance charging.


Vehicle Care 241

If the battery is loaded and thebattery voltage drops to 12.9V, thecharger automatically reverts to thestart of the charging cycle.

Charging steps:

1) Desulphation : Desulphationwith pulses for sulphated batteries.

2) Bulk : Main charging wherearound 80% of the charge takesplace. The charge is carried out atconstant charge until full voltagehas reached the set level.

3) Absorption : Final part of thecharge up to almost 100%. Theterminal voltage is kept constant ata set level. During this step the

charge current falls gradually toensure the terminal voltage doesnot get too high. If the absorptionphase has been in progress formore than 12 hours, the charger willswitch to maintenance charging.This feature protects againstdamage if a problem is detected inthe battery.

4) Pulse : Maintenance charging.The state of charge is between 95%and 100%. The battery receives apulse when the voltage drops. Thiskeeps the battery in trim when not inuse. The charger could beconnected for months at a time.Check the water level in the batteryif possible.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Charger Model Model 1052

RatedVoltage AC

220―240VAC,50―60Hz

Chargingvoltage

14.4V

Min batteryvoltage

2V

Charging current 3.6A max

Current, mains 0.6A rms

Back currentdrain*

< 1Ah/month

Ripple** Max 50mV rms,max 130mA

Ambienttemperature

-20°C to +50°C,output power isreducedautomatically athighertemperatures***

Cooling Naturalconvection

Charger type 4 step, fullyautomaticcharging cycle

Battery types All types of 12Vlead-acidbatteries (Wet,Ca/Ca, MF,VRLA, AGMand GEL)

Battery capacity 14―120Ah

Dimensions 142 x 51 x36mm (L x Wx H)


242 Vehicle Care

Insulation class IP65****

Weight 0.5kg

Plug: CEE 7/4, TYPEF, notgrounded*****

*) Back current drain is the currentthat drains the battery if the chargeris not connected to the mains. TheXS 3600 Corvette charger has avery low back current.

**) The quality of the chargingvoltage and charging current is veryimportant. A high current rippleheats up the battery which has anageing effect on the positiveelectrode. High voltage ripple couldharm other equipment that isconnected to the batteries. The XS3600 Corvette battery chargerproduce very clean voltage andcurrent with very low ripple.

***) Only for indoor use in Finland:0°C to +50°C applies.

****) If connection to the mains is bythe flat Euro connector, the batterycharger has the IP63 insulationclass except for in Switzerlandwhere IP65 applies.

*****) For Switzerland and UnitedKingdom an adapter is required.

TEMPERATURE PROTECTION

The charger is protected againstoverheating. The power is reducedwhen the ambient temperatureincreases.

The charger may be perceived asbeing hot during charging. This iscompletely normal, although youshould avoid placing it on asensitive surface.

MAINTENANCE

The charger is maintenance free.Please note that dismantling thecharger is not permitted and willvoid the warranty. A defective mainscable must be replaced. Keep yourcharger clean.

Wipe it with a soft tissue and mildcleaning liquid. The charger must bedisconnected before cleaning.

BATTERY CABLES

The model 1052 charger isequipped with an accessory poweroutlet for connecting to the vehicle.

BULK CHARGING TIME

The table shows the duration of theBulk step-up to about 80% state ofcharge.

Batterysize (Ah) Time (h)

70 17

Rear Axle

When to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularlycheck rear axle fluid unless a leak issuspected or an unusual noise isheard. A fluid loss could indicate aproblem. Have it inspected andrepaired.


Vehicle Care 243

How to Check Lubricant

To get an accurate reading, thevehicle should be on a levelsurface.

The fluid level should be at or within13 mm (0.5 in) of the bottom of thefill plug hole threads. If it is at thislevel, no additional fluid is needed.If the fluid level is below 13 mm(0.5 in), add fluid until it is abovethis level.

What to Use

To add lubricant when the level islow or to completely refill afterdraining, see Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 296. Then fill towithin 13 mm (0.5 in) of the bottomof the fill plug hole threads with therequired lubricant.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.See Electric ParkingBrake 0 191.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. For automatic transmissionvehicles, try to start the enginein each gear. The vehicleshould start only in P (Park) orN (Neutral). If the vehicle startsin any other position, contactyour dealer for service.

For manual gearbox vehicles,put the shift lever in Neutral,push the clutch pedal downhalfway and try to start theengine. The vehicle shouldstart only when the clutchpedal is pushed down all theway to the floor. If the vehiclestarts when the clutch pedal isnot pushed all the way down,contact your dealer for service.


244 Vehicle Care

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 191.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move thegear lever out of P (Park) with

normal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, applythe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove foot

pressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindscreen wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 297.

To replace the windscreen wiperblade:

1. Open the bonnet.

2. Pull the windscreen wiperassembly away from thewindscreen.


Vehicle Care 245

3. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.

4. With the catch open, pull thewiper blade down towards thewindscreen far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

5. Remove the wiper blade.

Allowing the wiper blade arm totouch the windscreen when nowiper blade is installed coulddamage the windscreen. Anydamage that occurs would notbe covered by the vehicle

warranty. Do not allow thewiper blade arm to touch thewindscreen.

6. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield ReplacementThe windscreen is part of the HUDsystem. If the vehicle has to havethe windscreen replaced, get onethat is designed for HUD or theHUD image may look out of focus.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp alignment has beenpreset and should need no furtheradjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp alignment may beaffected. If adjustment to theheadlamps is necessary, see yourdealer.


246 Vehicle Care

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see ReplacementBulbs 0 247.

For any bulb-changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The High Intensity Discharge(HID) lighting system operates ata very high voltage. If you try toservice any of the systemcomponents, you could beseriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Number Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:

Passenger Side Shown, DriverSide Similar

1. Push the lamp assemblytoward the right.

2. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)anticlockwise to remove it fromthe lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket.

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the releasetab locks into place.


Vehicle Care 247

Replacement BulbsExterior Lamp Bulb

Number

NumberPlate Lamp

W5W LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses to protectagainst an electrical systemoverload. Fuses also protect powerdevices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thereare some spare fuses and a fusepuller in the Instrument Panel FuseBlock. The same amperage fusecan also be borrowed. Choosesome feature of the vehicle that isnot needed to use and replace it assoon as possible.

Windscreen Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windscreenwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice may

cause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windscreen before usingthe windscreen wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

FusesThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits byfuses. This greatly reduces thechance of fires caused by electricalproblems.

Look at the silver-coloured bandinside the fuse. If the band is brokenor melted, replace the fuse. Be sureyou replace a bad fuse with a newone of the identical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon asyou can.


248 Vehicle Care

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockThere is one fuse block in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 217 for more information onlocation.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


Vehicle Care 249


250 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

1 Front wiper

2 Starter

3 ABS valves

4 Engine controlmodule

5 Electric parkingbrake

6 Front HVAC

7 ABS pump

8 Logistics

9 Vacuum pump

10 Electronic reardifferential module

11 Heated seat 1

12 Column lockmodule

13 Steering column

14 Glove box

15 Engine insideposition

Fuses Usage

16 Body controlmodule 6

17 HVAC controls


19 Heated seat 2


21 Electric steeringcolumn lock

22 Display

23 Auxiliary outlet

24 Radio

25 Instrumentcluster HUD

26 Interior rear-viewmirror

27 Ignition – odd

28 Ignition – even

29 Data link connector

30 Seat fan

Fuses Usage

31 Fuel pump powermodule

32 Exhaust valve 1

33 Horn

34 Headlamp washer

35 A/C clutch

36 Engine outsideposition

37 Real timedampening

38 Intercooler

39 Left headlamp

40 Right headlpamp

41 Headlampwasher pump

42 Exhaust valve 2

43 Reverse lockout

44 Electric reardifferential module

45 Rear transmissioncooler fan


Vehicle Care 251

Fuses Usage

46 Transmissioncontrol module

47 Canister vent

48 Integrated chassiscontrol module/Automaticoccupant sensing

49 Theft/Vehicleinterface module

50 Engine/Transmission

51 Instrument cluster

52 Main beamheadlamps

53 Transmissioncontrol module/Engine controlmodule

54 Starter

55 Front wiper –Low/High

56 Run/Crank

57 Front wiper motor

Fuses Usage

58 Headlamp washer

59 A/C control

60 -

61 Low-beamheadlamps


63 Vacuum pump

64 -

65 -

66 -

67 -

68 -

69 -

70 -

71 -

72 -

73 -

74 Transmissioncooling fan 2

75 -

Fuses Usage

76 Communicationgateway module

Relays Usage

54 Starter

55 Front wiper –Low/High

56 Run/Crank

57 Front wiper motor

58 Headlamp washer

59 A/C control

60 -

61 Low-beamheadlamps


63 Vacuum pump


252 Vehicle Care

Rear Compartment FuseBlockThe rear compartment fuse block isin the rear of the vehicle, under theload floor. Lift the carpet and accessdoor in the centre of the load floor toaccess the fuses.


Vehicle Care 253


254 Vehicle Care

You can remove fuses using thefuse puller.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

1 Window

2 Driver power seat

3 Passive entry/Passive start 2

4 Passive entry/Passive start 1


6 Heated mirrors


8 Rear windowdemister

9 GBS


11 Steering wheel

Fuses Usage

12 Passengerpower seat

13 -

14 Exterior rearviewmirror



17 Sensing diagnosticmodule/Automaticoccupant sensing

18 Logistics 2


20 Integrated chassiscontrol module

21 Amplifier

22 Rear accessorypower socket

24 Memory seatmodule/Convertible top

Fuses Usage

25 Theftdeterrent PSM

26 Trunk releasemodule

27 OnStar (ifequipped)

28 Camera module

29 -

30 Fuel pump powermodule

31 Trunk releasemodule latch

32 Battery regulatedvoltage control

33 -

34 Convertible topsolenoid

35 -

36 Passenger windowswitch

37 Front accessorypower outlet

38 -


Vehicle Care 255

Fuses Usage

39 -

40 -

41 -

42 -

43 -

44 -

Relays Usage

R1 -

R2 Rear windowdemister

R3 -

R4 Front accessorypower outlet

R5 Theft (door locksecurity)

Wheels and Tyres

TyresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tyres made by aleading tyre manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tyrewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tyremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tyres aredangerous.

. Overloading the tyrescan cause overheatingas a result of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 171.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tyres posethe same danger asoverloaded tyres. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tyres frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tyre pressure should bechecked when the tyresare cold.

. Overinflated tyres aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact - suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tyres at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tyres cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)


256 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tyres thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tyrescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorised tyre servicecentre should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tyres.

. Do not spin the tyres inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetyres to explode.

See Tyre Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 260 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

Winter TyresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tyres. Wintertyres are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertyres on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tyreavailability and proper tyreselection. Also, see Buying NewTyres 0 266.

With winter tyres, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise and shortertread life. After changing to wintertyres, be alert for changes in thevehicle handling and braking.

If using winter tyres:

. Use tyres of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tyres of thesame size, load range andspeed rating as the originalequipment tyres.

Winter tyres with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttyres may not be available for H, V,W, Y and ZR speed rated tyres.If winter tyres with a lower speedrating are chosen, never exceed thetyre's maximum speed capability.

Run-Flat TyresThis vehicle, when new, had run-flattyres. There is no spare tyre, no tyrechanging equipment and no place tostore a tyre in the vehicle.

The vehicle also has a TyrePressure Monitor System (TPMS)that indicates a loss of tyre pressurein any of the tyres.

{ Warning

If the low tyre warning lightdisplays on the instrument cluster,the handling capabilities will bereduced during severemanoeuvres. Driving too fastcould cause loss of control andyou or others could be injured. Do

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 257

Warning (Continued)

not drive over 80 km/h (50 mph)when the low tyre warning light isdisplayed. Drive cautiously andcheck the tyre pressures as soonas possible.

Run-flat tyres can be driven on withno air pressure. There is no need tostop on the side of the road tochange the tyre. Continue driving;however, do not drive too far or toofast. Driving on the tyre may not bepossible if there is permanentdamage. To prevent permanentdamage, the tyre can be driven withno air pressure for up to 80 km(50 mi) at speeds slower than80 km/h (50 mph). As soon aspossible, contact the nearestauthorised GM or run-flat servicingfacility for inspection and repair orreplacement.

When driving on a deflated run-flattyre, avoid potholes and other roadhazards that could damage the tyreand/or wheel beyond repair. When atyre has been damaged, or if driven

any distance while deflated, checkwith an authorised run-flat tyreservice centre to determine whetherthe tyre can be repaired or shouldbe replaced. To maintain the run-flatfeature, all replacement tyres mustbe run-flat tyres.

To locate the nearest GM or run-flatservicing facility, call CustomerAssistance.

The valve stems on run-flat tyreshave sensors that are part of theTPMS. See Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem 0 261. These sensorscontain batteries that are designedto last for 10 years under normaldriving conditions. See your dealerfor wheel or sensor replacement.

Caution

Using liquid sealants can damagethe tyre valves and tyre pressuremonitor sensors in the run-flattyres. This damage is not coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notuse liquid sealants in run-flattyres.

Low-Profile Tyres

Low-Profile Performance Tyre

The original equipment tyres onthis vehicle are classified aslow-profile performance tyres.These tyres are designed forvery responsive driving on wetor dry metalled roads, however,may produce more road noiseand tend to wear faster.

Caution

Low-profile tyres are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tyres. Tyre and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a kerb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tyres set to thecorrect inflation pressure and

(Continued)


258 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

when possible, avoid contact withkerbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Competition OrientedTiresThis vehicle may come with P285/30ZR19 and P335/25ZR20 MichelinPS CUP2 competition oriented tiresthat are DOT approved for streetuse. Competition oriented tires usea special tread pattern andcompound that provide more gripthan normal road tires. Theminimum tread depth will bereached earlier than typical tyres,resulting in reduced tyre life. Thisspecial tread pattern and compoundwill have decreased performance incold climates, heavy rain, andstanding water. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle when driving attemperatures below approximately

10 °C (50 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads. See WinterTyres 0 256.

{ Warning

Driving on wet roads, in heavyrain, or through standing waterwith competition oriented tiresmay cause hydroplaning and lossof control. Use extreme cautionand drive slowly on wet roads.

{ Warning

Driving with competition orientedtires on snow, ice, or cold roadsurfaces can cause loss of controlor an accident. Competitionoriented tires are summer seasontires and are not intended to bedriven on snow, ice, or roadsurfaces below 10 °C (50 °F). Donot drive a vehicle withcompetition oriented tires in theseconditions.

Caution

Competition oriented tires haverubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below -7 °C (20 °F). Always store competitionoriented tires indoors and attemperatures above -7 °C (20 °F)when not in use. If the tires havebeen subjected to -7 °C (20 °F) orless, let them warm up in aheated space to at least 10 °C(50 °F) for 24 hours or morebefore being installed or driving avehicle on which they areinstalled. Do not apply heat orblow heated air directly on thetyres. Always inspect tyres beforeuse. See Tyre Inspection 0 264.

Summer TyresHigh Performance Summer Tyres

This vehicle may come with highperformance summer tyres. Thesetyres have a special tread and


Vehicle Care 259

compound that are optimised formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tyres be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately 5°C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tyres 0 256.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below -7 °C (20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove -7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to -7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tyres. Alwaysinspect tyres before use. SeeTyre Inspection 0 264.

Tyre PressureTyres need the correct amountof air pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tyre underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tyres, or tyresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tyre overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tyres, or tyresthat have too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tyre and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttyres and the correct cold tyreinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed to


260 Vehicle Care

support the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 171.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tyres once a monthor more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tyrepressure. Proper tyre inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tyre. Check the tyreinflation pressure when the tyresare cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetyre valve stem. Press the tyregauge firmly onto the valve to

get the pressure measurement.If the cold tyre inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tyre andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the centreof the tyre valve to release air.Re-check the tyre pressure withthe tyre gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tyre Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100 mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tyres.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat build-upand can cause sudden tyrefailure. This could cause a crash,and you or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tyresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tyres are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tyre inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

The tyres require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100mph) or


Vehicle Care 261

higher, where it is legal. Set the coldinflation pressure to the maximuminflation pressure shown on the tyresidewall, or 265 kPa (38 psi),whichever is lower. See theexample following. Return the tyresto the recommended cold tyreinflation pressure when high-speeddriving has ended. See VehicleLoad Limits 0 171.

Example:

The maximum load and inflationpressure moulded on the tyresidewall, in small letters, near therim flange. It will read something likethis: Maximum load 690 kg(1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi) Max.Press.

For this example, set the inflationpressure for high-speed driving to265 kPa (38 psi).

Racing or other competitive drivingmay affect the warranty coverage ofthe vehicle. See the warrantybooklet for more information.

Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem

Caution

Modifications made to the TyrePressure Monitor System (TPMS)by anyone other than anauthorised service facility mayvoid authorisation to use thesystem.

The Tyre Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tyre pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your vehicle'styres and transmit tyre pressurereadings to a receiver located in thevehicle.

Each tyre, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tyre inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastyres of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or

tyre inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tyreinflation pressure for those tyres.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atyre pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tyrepressure telltale when one or moreof your tyres is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tyrepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tyres assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tyrecauses the tyre to overheat and canlead to tyre failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tyretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tyremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correcttyre pressure, even if under-inflation


262 Vehicle Care

has not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tyrepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tyre pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tyrepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tyres orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretyres or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or

alternate tyres and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tyre Pressure MonitorOperation 0 262 for additionalinformation.

See Declaration ofConformity 0 309.

Tyre Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TyrePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tyre pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tyre and wheelassembly on your vehicle. TheTPMS sensors monitor the airpressure in the tyres and transmitsthe tyre pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

When a low tyre pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tyre pressure warning light,located in the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetyres to the recommended pressureshown on the tyre loadinginformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 171.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tyre displays in the DriverInformation Centre (DIC). The lowtyre pressure warning light and theDIC warning message appear ateach ignition cycle until the tyresare inflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tyrepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCentre (DIC) 0 114 and TyreMessages 0 128.


Vehicle Care 263

The low tyre pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tyre and Loading Informationlabel shows the size of the originalequipment tyres and the correctinflation pressure for the tyres whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 171, for an example of theTyre and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TyrePressure 0 259 for additionalinformation.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtyre pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tyremaintenance. See Tyre Inspection0 264, Tyre Rotation 0 264, When ItIs Time for New Tyres 0 265, andTyres 0 255.

Caution

Tyre sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tyresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tyresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tyre sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tyre Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tyresealant. Using non-approved tyresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 272 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tyre warning light flashes for

about one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully.

. Replacement tyres or wheels donot match the original equipmenttyres or wheels. Tyres andwheels other than those


264 Vehicle Care

recommended could prevent theTPMS from functioning properly.See Buying New Tyres 0 266.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tyre condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess — Auto LearnFunction

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtyre/wheel position after rotating thetyres or replacing one or more of theTPMS sensors. When a tyre isinstalled, the vehicle must bestationary for about 20 minutesbefore the system recalculates. Thefollowing relearn process takes upto 10 minutes, driving at a minimum

speed of 19 km/h (12 mph).A dash (-) or pressure value willdisplay in the DIC. See DriverInformation Centre (DIC) 0 114 andTyre Messages 0 128. A warningmessage displays in the DIC if aproblem occurs during the relearnprocess.

Tyre InspectionWe recommend that the tyres,including the spare tyre, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tyre if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tyrecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tyre'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tyre has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tyre has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tyre RotationThe tyres should be rotated atthe intervals specified in theMaintenance Schedule. SeeScheduled Maintenance 0 293.

Tyres are rotated to achieveuniform wear for all tyres. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tyres as soonas possible, check for propertyre inflation pressure, andcheck for damaged tyres orwheels. If the unusual wearcontinues after the rotation,check the wheel alignment.


Vehicle Care 265

See When It Is Time for NewTyres 0 265 and WheelReplacement 0 268.

Different tyre sizes should notbe rotated front to rear.

Use this rotation pattern if thevehicle has different size tireson the front and rear.

Adjust the front and rear tyres tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tyre andLoading Information label afterthe tyres have been rotated. SeeTyre Pressure 0 259 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 171.

Reset the Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tyre PressureMonitor Operation 0 262.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 301.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the centre of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortyre rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not get

grease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTyresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tyres.

Tread wear indicators are one wayto tell when it is time for new tyres.Tread wear indicators appear whenthe tyres have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)


266 Vehicle Care

or less of tread remaining. See TyreInspection 0 264and Tyre Rotation 0 264.

The rubber in tyres ages over time.This also applies to the spare tyre,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast ageingtakes place. GM recommends thattyres, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetyre manufacture date is the lastfour digits of the DOT TyreIdentification Number (TIN) which ismoulded into one side of the tyresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) and thelast two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tyres age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, clean

area away from direct sunlight toslow ageing. This area should befree of grease, petrol, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tyres thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tyresor raise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tyres.

Buying New TyresGM has developed and matchedspecific tyres for the vehicle.The original equipment tyresinstalled were designed to meetGeneral Motors TyrePerformance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tyres are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tyres with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tyrepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is moulded onto thetyre's sidewall near the tyre size.If the tyres have an all-seasontread design, the TPC Specnumber will be followed by MSfor mud and snow.

GM recommends replacing worntyres in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tyreswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tyres are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tyres should wear out at


Vehicle Care 267

about the same time. See TyreRotation 0 264 for informationon proper tyre rotation.However, if it is necessary toreplace only one axle set ofworn tyres, place the new tyreson the rear axle.

{ Warning

Tyres could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tyrecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorisedtyre service centre shouldmount or dismount the tyres.

Winter tyres with the samespeed rating as the originalequipment tyres may not beavailable for H, V, W, Y and ZRspeed rated tyres. Never exceedthe winter tyres maximum speedcapability when using wintertyres with a lower speed rating.

{ Warning

Never drive faster than the speedthe tyres are rated, regardless ofthe legal speed limit. Whenfrequently driving the vehicle athigh speeds and/or for prolongedperiods of time, check with yourvehicle/tyre dealer for the propertype of tyres to use for thespecific driving and weatherconditions.

{ Warning

Mixing tyres of different sizes(other than those originallyinstalled on the vehicle), brands,or types may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resulting ina crash or other vehicle damage.Use the correct size, brand, andtype of tyre on all four wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tyres on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tyre and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tyres withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tyres must bereplaced with a tyre that doesnot have a TPC Spec number,make sure they are the samesize, load range, speed rating,and construction type (radial) asthe original tyres.

Vehicles that have a tyrepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tyres are installed.See Tyre Pressure MonitorOperation 0 262.


268 Vehicle Care

The Tyre and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tyres on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 171, for the label location andmore information about the Tyreand Loading Information label.

Different Size Tyres andWheelsIf wheels or tyres are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tyres, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftyres not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tyre systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tyres 0 266 andAccessories andModifications 0 212.

Wheel Alignment andTyre BalanceThe tyres and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tyre life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tyre balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tyre wear. If the

vehicle is vibrating when driving ona smooth road, the tyres and wheelsmay need to be rebalanced. Seeyour dealer for proper diagnosis.

Road Imperfections/Crown Effects

The vehicle's precise steering andhandling make it very responsive toroad surface feedback. A slight pullmay be felt in the steeringdepending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts. This isnormal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Tyre Chatter/Hop

When driving at slow speeds and invery tight turns, the vehicle mayhave tyre chatter/hop. This isnormal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.


Vehicle Care 269

Some aluminium wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts,or wheel nuts with new GM originalequipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tyres can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance and tyreclearance to the body andchassis.

Tightening Wheel Lug Nuts

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on studsor the threads of the wheel nuts.The wheel nuts might come looseand the wheel could fall off,causing a crash.

{ Warning

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose andeven come off. This could lead toa crash. Be sure to use thecorrect wheel nuts. If you have toreplace them, be sure to get newGM original equipmentwheel nuts.


270 Vehicle Care

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation anddisc damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification.

Tighten the wheel lug nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence. SeeCapacities and Specifications 0 301.

Tyre ChainsUse tyre chains only where legaland only when necessary.

Only use low profile chains that arethe correct size for P285/30ZR20 orP335/25ZR20 tires.

Install them on the tires of the rearaxle only.

Caution

Do not install traction devices onthe front tyres.

Tighten the chains as tightly aspossible with the ends securelyfastened.

Drive slowly and follow the chainmanufacturer's instructions. If thechains contact the vehicle, stop andretighten them. If the contactcontinues, slow down until it stops.

Caution

To help avoid damage to thevehicle, drive slowly, do not spinthe wheels, and readjust orremove the device if it contactsthe vehicle.

If a Tyre Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tyre to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tyresare maintained properly. If air goesout of a tyre, it is much more likelyto leak out slowly. See Tyres 0 255for additional information. But ifthere ever is a blowout, here are afew tips about what to expect andwhat to do:

If a front tyre fails, the flat tyrecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.


Vehicle Care 271

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

The vehicle has no spare tyre, notyre changing equipment and noplace to store a tyre.

If the vehicle has run-flat tyres,there is no need to stop on the sideof the road to change a flat tyre.See Run-Flat Tyres 0 256.

{ Warning

Special tools and procedures arerequired to service a run-flat tyre.If these special tools andprocedures are not used, injury orvehicle damage may occur.Always be sure the proper toolsand procedures, as described inthe service manual, are used.

If this vehicle does not have run-flattyres and a tyre goes flat, avoidfurther tyre and wheel damage bydriving slowly to a level place, welloff the road, if possible. Turn on thehazard warning flashers. SeeHazard Warning Flashers 0 139.

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

2. Apply the parking brake firmly.

3. Put an automatic transmissionin P (Park) or a manualgearbox in 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

4. Turn off the ignition.

5. Inspect the flat tyre.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tyre will causepermanent damage to the tyre.Re-inflating a tyre after it hasbeen driven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tyre

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

that has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorisedtyre service centre repair orreplace the flat tyre as soon aspossible.

If this vehicle has a tyre sealant kitand the tyre has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a puncture largerthan 6 mm (0.25 in), the tyre is tooseverely damaged for the tyresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. If the tyre has a punctureless than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the treadarea of the tyre, see Tyre Sealantand Compressor Kit 0 272.


272 Vehicle Care

Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 182.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tyre could causethe tyre to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tyre sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tyre to its

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

recommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tyre sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tyresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tyre sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tyre or tyre changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tyre.

To obtain a tyre sealant andcompressor kit, see your dealer.

The tyre sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tyre. It can alsobe used to inflate an underinflated tyre.

If the tyre has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tyre istoo severely damaged for the tyresealant and compressor kit to beeffective.

Read and follow all of the tyresealant and compressor kitinstructions.


Vehicle Care 273

The kit includes:

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button

3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button5. Tyre Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button

(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

Tyre Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tyre sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister. Thesealant canister should be replacedbefore its expiration date.Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tyre. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

Using the Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tyre

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.


274 Vehicle Care


2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button

5. Tyre Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button


When using the tyre sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tyrefaster.

If a tyre goes flat, avoid further tyreand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 139.

See If a Tyre Goes Flat 0 270 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tyre.

1. Remove the tyre sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TyreSealant and CompressorKit 0 278.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tyre valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tyre by turning itanticlockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tyre valve stem. Turnit clockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Sockets 0 96.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.


Vehicle Care 275

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) anticlockwise to theSealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tyre sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tyre.

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tyre. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tyre, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tyreinflates with air only.

10. Inflate the tyre to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tyre and LoadingInformation label. See TyrePressure 0 259.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tyrepressure while the compressor

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tyre is too severelydamaged and the tyre sealantand compressor kit cannot inflatethe tyre. Remove the power plugfrom the accessory power outletand unscrew the inflating hosefrom the tyre valve.

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tyre sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tyre is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the

tyre, therefore, Steps 12–18 must be done immediatelyafter Step 11.

Be careful while handling thetyre sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)anticlockwise to remove it fromthe tyre valve stem.

14. Replace the tyre valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6), and the power plug (8)back in their original location.

16. If the flat tyre was able toinflate to the recommendedinflation pressure, remove the


276 Vehicle Care

maximum speed label from thesealant canister (5) and place itin a highly visible location. Donot exceed the speed on thislabel until the damaged tyre isrepaired or replaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tyre.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tyre pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTyre Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTyre (Not Punctured).”

If the tyre pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tyre is tooseverely damaged and the tyresealant cannot seal the tyre.

If the tyre pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommended

inflation pressure, inflate thetyre to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tyre and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (5) and sealant/airhose (6) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

22. Replace with a new canisterassembly available from yourdealer.

23. After temporarily sealing thetyre using the tyre sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorised dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tyrerepaired or replaced.

Using the Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tyre (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tyre with air only and not sealant:


2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button


Vehicle Care 277

5. Tyre Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button


If a tyre goes flat, avoid further tyreand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 139.

See If a Tyre Goes Flat 0 270 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the tyre sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TyreSealant and CompressorKit 0 278.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tyre valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the tyre valve stemcap from the flat tyre by turningit anticlockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7)onto the tyre valve stem byturning it clockwise until it istight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Sockets 0 96.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetyre with air only.

10. Inflate the tyre to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tyre and LoadingInformation label. See TyrePressure 0 259.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tyrepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

If you inflate the tyre higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4) until the properpressure reading is reached.


278 Vehicle Care

This option is only functionalwhen using the air onlyhose (7).

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tyre sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetyre sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tyre valve stem, byturning it anticlockwise, andreplace the tyre valvestem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in its originallocation.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tyre sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove thecanister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tyre Sealantand Compressor KitThe tyre sealant and compressorkit, if equipped, should be stored inthe storage area behind the left rearwheel opening in the rearcompartment when it is notbeing used.

To access the storage area:

1. Open the hatch/boot. SeeHatch (Boot) 0 35.


Vehicle Care 279

2. Lift the storage cover.

Jump StartingFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery 0 237.

If the battery has run down, useanother vehicle and some jumpercables to start the vehicle. Be sureto use the following steps to do itsafely.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

The battery is under a battery coverin the hatch/boot area on thepassenger side under the carpet.

Before you connect the cables, hereare some basic things you shouldknow. Positive (+) will go to thepositive (+) terminal. Negative (−)will go the negative (−) terminal.


280 Vehicle Care

1. Discharged BatteryPositive (+) Terminal

2. Discharged BatteryNegative (−) Terminal

3. Good Battery Negative (−)Terminal

4. Good Battery Positive (+)Terminal

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jump leads can reach,but be sure the vehicles are nottouching each other. If theyare, it could cause a groundconnection you do not want.You would not be able to startthe vehicle, and the badgrounding could damage theelectrical systems.

To avoid the possibility of thevehicles rolling, apply theparking brake firmly on bothvehicles involved in the jumpstart procedure. Put anautomatic transmission inP (Park) or a manual gearboxin Neutral before setting theparking brakes.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off the ignition on bothvehicles. Unplug unnecessaryaccessories plugged into thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlet. Turnoff the radio and all lamps thatare not needed. This will avoidsparks and help save bothbatteries. And it could save theradio!


Vehicle Care 281

4. Open the rear tailgate/boot andlift the carpet on the passengerside of the vehicle to gainaccess to the battery cover.

5. Remove the left eyelet for thecargo cover, then remove thebattery cover and locate thepositive (+) and negative (−)terminals.

6. Check that the jump leads donot have loose or missinginsulation. If they do, you couldget a shock. The vehiclescould be damaged too.

7. Open the positive terminal trimcover and connect the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal (1) of thedead battery.

8. Do not let the other end touchmetal. Connect it to thepositive (+) terminal (4) of thegood battery.

9. Now connect the blacknegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal (3) of thegood battery.

Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step.

10. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal (2) on thedead battery.

11. Now start the vehicle with thegood battery and run theengine for a while.

12. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jump leads are connectedor removed in the wrong order,electrical shorting may occur anddamage the vehicle. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always connectand remove the jump leads in thecorrect order, making sure thatthe cables do not touch eachother or other metal.


282 Vehicle Care

Jump Lead Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jump leads.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jump leads, allowit to idle for several minutes.

The power windows may need to beinitialised. See “Window Indexing”under Power Windows 0 42.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to any suspensioncomponents — including thecontrol arms, stabiliser bars, andlinks — during towing andrecovery of a disabled vehicle,or when securing the vehicle to aflatbed car carrier. For towing andrecovery of a disabled vehicle,use the proper hooks in thecorrect locations on the front andrear sub-frames. Use the propernylon strap harnesses around thetyres to secure them to theflatbed car carrier.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier. A wheel lift tow truckcould damage the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

Use the tow eye for towing adisabled vehicle or loading it onto aflatbed car carrier. The tow eyeshould not be used to recover avehicle from an off road situation.

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

The front tow eye socket isaccessible through the grilleopening.

The rear tow eye socket is behind acover in the rear fascia. Carefullyopen the cover by using the smallnotch.

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it clockwise until it stops.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.


Vehicle Care 283

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, see“Recreational Vehicle Towing” in thissection.

Recreational VehicleTowing

Caution

Dolly towing or dinghy towing thevehicle may cause damagebecause of reduced groundclearance. Always put the vehicleon a flatbed truck or trailer.

The vehicle was neither designednor intended to be towed with any ofits wheels on the ground. If thevehicle must be towed, see Towingthe Vehicle 0 282.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashers closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the bonnet that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)


284 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,comply with the car washinstructions. The windscreen wipermust be off. Remove anyaccessories that may be damagedor interfere with the car washequipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on a basecoat/clear coat paint finish may

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

damage it. Use only non-abrasivewaxes and polishes that aremade for a base coat/clear coatpaint finish on the vehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMouldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal mouldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 285

The bright metal mouldings on thevehicle are aluminium, chrome, andstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the moulding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminium, chromeand stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the mouldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer's instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the moulding finish.

Convertible Top Care

Frequently hand wash convertibletops with mild car wash soap. Neveruse a stiff brush, steam, bleach,or aggressive cleaners.

If necessary, a soft brush can beused to remove dirt. When finishedcleaning, thoroughly rinse the fabric.Avoid automatic car washes withoverhead brushes or veryhigh-pressure sprays as they cancause damage and leaking.

Only lower the top when it iscompletely dry and avoid leavingthe top lowered for extendedperiods of time to prevent excessiveinterior weathering.

Avoid leaving large amounts ofsnow on the top for extendedperiods of time as damage may alsooccur.

Carbon Fiber Care

Carbon fiber composite parts can bewashed and waxed like any otherparts. Use a clear or blackpigmented wax. See CompositeMaterials 0 175.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.


286 Vehicle Care

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the bonnet andwindscreen, when washing thevehicle.

Windscreen and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windscreenwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindscreen washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windscreenthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Insects, road grime, sap,and a build-up of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesrequire more frequent application.Black marks from rubber material onpainted surfaces can be removed by

rubbing with a clean cloth. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296.

Tyres

Use a stiff brush with tyre cleaner toclean the tyres.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tyredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tyres. When applying a tyredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminiumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.


Vehicle Care 287

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminium orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminium orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tyre cleaning

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

brushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and discsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect other brake parts,including drums, wheel cylinders,callipers, parking brake, mastercylinder, brake fluid reservoir,vacuum pipes, electric vacuumpump including bracket and venthose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, and liftgate hinges,unless the components are plastic.Applying silicone grease onweatherstrips with a clean cloth willmake them last longer, seal better,and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.


288 Vehicle Care

Composite Springs

Caution

Do not use acidic or corrosivecleaning products, enginedegreasers, or aluminiumcleaning agents on fibreglasssprings as it may cause damage.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Use onlyapproved cleaners.

Body Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer. Largerareas of finish damage can becorrected in your dealer's body andpaint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolourations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soiling.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer colour to the vehicle'sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately remove

hand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applycleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove a soilfrom any interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with pressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,


Vehicle Care 289

use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windscreen with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Mouldings

Coated mouldings should becleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede/Sueded-Microfiber

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soil, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolour-fast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecentre. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any colour transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.


290 Vehicle Care

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colourfastnessbefore using a commercialupholstery cleaner or spot lifter.If ring formation occurs, clean theentire fabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfibre cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofibre cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfibre clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently changethe appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windscreenunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface in

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 291

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

rinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats be

purchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.


292 Vehicle Care

The floor mats are held in place bytwo retainers.

Installing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to remove it from theretainers.

2. Reinstall by lining up theopenings in the floor mat overthe retainers and push downinto position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 293

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 293

Scheduled MaintenanceScheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 293

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 299

General InformationIt is essential that your vehiclereceives the maintenance outlinedon the following pages to retain thesafety, reliability and performanceoriginally built into your vehicle.

When your odometer reaches themileage indicated on the followingpages, or the corresponding timeinterval has been reached, takeyour vehicle, preferably to anauthorised dealer and/or repairer,who will provide the proper partsand service.

Once maintenance has beenperformed, have the authoriseddealer and/or repairer fill out andstamp the appropriate box in thisbooklet to serve as yourmaintenance record which may beneeded for warranty repairs. It willalso show future owners how wellyour vehicle has been maintained.

ScheduledMaintenanceEngine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1,000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5,000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.

Additional Maintenance At800 km

Dry Sump Engines Only (Z51,Grand Sport, and Z06) - Required:Initial break-in oil change. Changeengine oil and filter after the first


294 Service and Maintenance

800 km/500 mi. Follow the engineoil life system for every oil changethereafter.

Inspection Every 15 000 km or1 Year. Change engine oil and filter.

Reset oil life system.

. Engine coolant level check. SeeEngine Coolant 0 231.

. Engine cooling systeminspection. Visual inspection ofhoses, pipes, fittings, andclamps and replacement,if needed.

. Windscreen washer fluid levelcheck.

. Windscreen wiper bladeinspection for wear, cracking,or contamination andwindscreen and wiper bladecleaning, if contaminated. Wornor damaged wiper bladereplacement.

. Tyre inflation pressures check.

. Tyre wear inspection.

. Fluids visual leak check. A leakin any system must be repairedand the fluid level checked.

. Engine air cleaner filterinspection. See Engine AirCleaner/Filter 0 227.

. Brake system inspection. SeeExterior Care 0 283.

. Steering and suspensioninspection. Visual inspection fordamaged, loose, or missingparts or signs of wear.

. Body hinges and latches, keylock cylinders, folding seathardware, and rearcompartment, bonnet, andconsole door hinges and latcheslubrication. More frequentlubrication may be requiredwhen the vehicle is exposed to acorrosive environment. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth makes themlast longer, seal better, and notstick or squeak.

. Restraint system componentcheck.

. Fuel system inspection fordamage or leaks.

. Exhaust system and nearby heatshields inspection for loose ordamaged components.

. Accelerator pedal check fordamage, high effort, or binding.

. Bonnet/Deck lid/Tailgate/Liftglass Support Gas Strut Service:Visually inspect gas strut,if equipped, for signs of wear,cracks, or other damage. Checkthe hold open ability of the gasstrut. Contact your authorisedrepairer if service is required.

. Road Test. Check all systems forcorrect function/performance.

. To maintain air conditioningefficiency, have an authorisedrepairer check the system atleast once each year.

. Underbody flushing service.

. Tyre sealant and compressor kit(if equipped with tyre sealantand compressor kit), checksealant expiration date.



Additional Maintenance Every30 000 km or 2 Years

In addition to the items listed under“Inspection Every 15 000 km or1 year” the following items shouldbe carried out every 30 000 km or2 years (whichever occurs first):

. Passenger compartment air filter— replace. More frequentreplacement may be needed ifthe vehicle is driven in areaswith heavy traffic, poor airquality, areas with high dustlevels or are sensitive toenvironmental allergens. Filterreplacement may also beneeded if you notice reducedairflow, windows misting up,or odours. Your local GMService location can help youdetermine when it is the righttime to replace your filter.

. Engine air filter replacement.If driving in dusty conditions,inspect the filter at each oilchange or more often asneeded.

Additional Maintenance Every60 000 km or 2 Years. Replace brake fluid.

. Replace clutch fluid (if equippedwith manual gearbox).

Additional Maintenance Every72 000 km. Rear axle fluid change.

. Automatic transmission fluidchange (severe operation).

. Manual gearbox fluid change(severe operation).

Additional Maintenance Every80 000 km. Visually check all fuel and

vapour lines and hoses forproper attachment, connection,routing, and condition.

Additional Maintenance Every96 000 km. Spark plugs — replace (LT4

Supercharged Engine).

Additional Maintenance Every150 000 km. Spark plugs — replace (LT1

Engine).

Additional Maintenance Every240 000 km. Engine cooling system drain and

refill (or every 5 years,whichever occurs first).

Conditions Requiring MoreFrequent Maintenance (SevereService)

. Extreme temperatures.

. Heavy city traffic.

. Hilly or mountainous terrain.

. Dusty, muddy, or off-roadconditions.

. Commercial use.

. Most trips less than 6 km.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and LubricantsFluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19331925)

Chassis Lubrication and ParkingBrake Cable Guides

Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985) or lubricant meetingrequirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Electronic Limited Slip Differential(eLSD) Clutch System Lubricant(Z51, Grand Sport, and Z06 Only)

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Engine Coolant 40/60 coolant/water mixture of clean, drinkable water and use onlyDEX-COOL® coolant. See Engine Coolant 0 231.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos2™ specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos2 Synthetic Blend is recommended. For track eventsor competitive driving, Mobil 1® engine oil is recommended. See EngineOil 0 220.

Bonnet Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668) or lubricant meetingrequirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818).

Hydraulic Clutch System Hydraulic Clutch Fluid. Use only GM Part No. 19299570, DOT 4 brake fluid.



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Key Lock Cylinders, Bonnet, andDoor Hinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241).

Manual Gearbox Manual Gearbox Oil (GM Part No. 88861800).

Rear Axle DEXRON® LS Gear Oil. (GM Part No. 88862624) See Rear Axle 0 242 forinformation on checking the fluid.

Weatherstrip Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770) or Dielectric SiliconeGrease (GM Part No. 12345579).

Windscreen Washer Automotive windscreen washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23107355 A3191C

Engine Oil Filter 12640445 PF64

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 22862632 CF139

Spark Plugs

6.2L LT1 Engine 12622441 41–114



Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

6.2L LT4 Supercharged Engine 12642722 41–128

Wiper Blades

Driver Side — 550 mm (21.7 in) 22756331 -

Passenger Side — 500 mm (19.7 in) 22756330 -



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


300 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 304

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windscreenfrom outside. The VehicleIdentification Number (VIN) alsoappears on the Vehicle Certificationand Service Parts labels andcertificates of title and registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 301 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, under the carpet in thehatch/boot area on the passengerside, has the following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


Technical Data 301

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions.

See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 296.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargetype and amount, see the refrigerant label underthe bonnet. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System 11.2 L 11.8 qt

Intercooler System (LT4) 4.3 L 4.5 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

6.2L LT1 Engine With Z51 and Grand Sport 9.3 L 9.8 qt

6.2L LT4 9.3 L 9.8 qt

Fuel Tank 70.4 L 18.6 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling


302 Technical Data

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap Firing Order

6.2L V8 LT1 7 Automatic 0.950–1.100 mm(0.037–0.043 in)

1-8-7-2-6-5-4-3

6.2L V8 LT4 6 AutomaticManual

0.725–0.875 mm(0.029–0.034 in)

1-8-7-2-6-5-4-3

Engine Data

Engine Horsepower Torque Displacement Compression Ratio

6.2L V8 LT1 343 kW (460 hp)@6000 min -1

630Y (465 lb ft)@4600 min -1

6.2L 11.5:1

6.2L V8 LT4 485 kW (650 hp)@6400 min -1

881Y (650 lb ft)@3600 min -1

6.2L 10.0:1

Fuel Consumption and Emissions Information

Urban Extra-Urban Combined

Coupe with LT1 with Manual Transmission

Carbon Dioxide (g/km) 447 182 279

Fuel Economy (L/100 km) 19.6 8.0 12.2


Technical Data 303

Urban Extra-Urban Combined

Coupe with LT1 with Automatic Transmission


Fuel Economy (L/100 km) 19.5 8.3 12.4

Convertible with LT1 with Manual Transmission


Fuel Economy (L/100 km) 19.4 8.2 12.3

Convertible with LT1 with Automatic Transmission


Fuel Economy (L/100 km) 19.2 8.2 12.3

LT4 with Manual Gearbox


Fuel Economy (L/100 km) 18.6 9.3 12.7

LT4 with Automatic Transmission


Fuel Economy (L/100 km) 22.0 9.5 14.1


304 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

6.2L LT1 Engine

6.2L LT4 Engine


Customer Information 305

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . 305

Libcurl and UnzipAcknowledgements . . . . . . . . . 305

Declaration of Conformity . . . . . 309

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 310

Customer Information

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)Radio Frequency Identification(RFID) technology is used in somevehicles for functions such as tyrepressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security. It is also used inconnection with conveniences suchas Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitters for remote door locking/unlocking and starting, andin-vehicle transmitters for garagedoor openers. RFID technology inCorvette vehicles does not use orrecord personal information or linkwith any other Corvette systemcontaining personal information.

Libcurl and UnzipAcknowledgements

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are the

notices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

The original language of thelicenses is English, the translationsbelow are provided for reference.

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES


306 Customer Information

OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.



3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”

“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,

DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorisation ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:



Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as being

the original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labelling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalisations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.



Declaration of Conformity

Transmission Systems

This vehicle has systems thattransmit and/or receive radio wavessubject to Directive 1999/5/EC or2014/53/EU. These systems are incompliance with the essentialrequirements and other relevantprovisions of Directive 1999/5/EC or2014/53/EU. Copies of the originalDeclarations of Conformity can beobtained on our website.

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyEvent Data Recorders

Data Storage Modules in theVehicle

A large number of electroniccomponents of your vehicle containdata storage modules temporarily orpermanently storing technical dataabout the condition of the vehicle,events, and errors. In general, thistechnical information documents thecondition of parts, modules,systems, or the environment:

. Operating conditions of systemcomponents (e.g., filling levels).

. Status messages of the vehicleand its single components (e.g.,number of wheel revolutions/rotational speed, deceleration,lateral acceleration).

. Dysfunctions and defects inimportant system components.

. Vehicle reactions in particulardriving situations (e.g., inflationof an airbag, activation of thestability regulation system).

. Environmental concerns (e.g.,temperature).

This data is exclusively technicaland helps identify and correct errorsas well as optimise vehiclefunctions.

Motion profiles indicating travelledroutes cannot be created withthis data.

If services are used (e.g., repairworks, service processes, warrantycases, quality assurance),employees of the service network(manufacturer included) are able toread out this technical informationfrom the event and error datastorage modules applying specialdiagnostic devices. If required, youwill receive further information atthese dealers. After an error hasbeen corrected, the data is deletedfrom the error storage module orconstantly overwritten.



When using the vehicle, situationsmay occur in which this technicaldata related to other information(accident report, damages on thevehicle, witness statements, etc.)may be associated with a specificperson — possibly, with theassistance of an expert.

Additional functions contractuallyagreed upon with the client (e.g.,vehicle location in emergencycases) allow the transmission ofparticular vehicle data from thevehicle.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


OnStar 311

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

OnStar OverviewOnStar® system

OnStar is a personal connectivityand service assistant with integratedWi-Fi hotspot. The OnStar service isavailable 24 hours a day,seven days a week.

Note: OnStar is not available for allmarkets. For further information,contact your retailer.

Note: In order to be available andoperational, OnStar needs a validOnStar subscription, functioningvehicle electrics, mobile service andGPS satellite link.

To activate the OnStar services andset up an account, press| andspeak with an advisor.

Depending on the equipment of thevehicle, the following services areavailable:

. Emergency services and supportin the case of a vehiclebreakdown

. Wi-Fi hotspot

. Smartphone application

. Remote control, e.g. location ofthe vehicle, activation of hornand lights, control of centrallocking system

. Stolen vehicle assistance

. Vehicle diagnostics

. Destination download

Note: The OnStar module of thevehicle is deactivated after ten dayswithout an ignition cycle. Functionsrequiring a data connection will beavailable again after switching onthe ignition.

OnStar buttons

Privacy button

Press and hold! until an audiomessage is heard to activate ordeactivate the transmission of thevehicle location.


312 OnStar

Press! to answer a call or to enda call to an advisor.

Press! to access the Wi-Fisettings.

Service button

Press| to establish a connectionto an advisor.

SOS button

PressU to establish a priorityemergency connection to a speciallytrained emergency advisor.

Status LED

. Three Colour Icons: The systemis enabled and active.

. No Icons: The vehicle is inmotion or the OnStarsubscription is inactive.

. Flashing: Button has beenpressed.

. Solid: On a call.

. ~: Indicates a problem.

The! icon will flash for a shortperiod of time when the user turnsoff the Privacy Settings feature. The! icon will flash in the samemanner at each ignition on, whilethis feature is Inactive.

OnStar services

General services

If you need any informationconcerning e.g. opening hours, pointof interest and destinations or if youneed any support e.g. in the case ofa vehicle breakdown, a flat tyre andempty fuel tank, press | toestablish a connection to an advisor.

Emergency services

In the case of an emergencysituation, pressU and talk to anadvisor. The advisor then contactsemergency or assistance serviceproviders and directs them to yourvehicle.

In the case of an accident withactivation of airbags or belttensioners, an automatic emergencycall is established. The advisor is

immediately connected to yourvehicle to see whether help isneeded.

Wi-Fi hotspot

The Wi-Fi hotspot of the vehicleprovides internet connectivity with amaximum speed of 4G/LTE.

The Wi-Fi hotspot functionality is notavailable for all markets.

Up to seven devices may beconnected.

To connect a mobile device with theWi-Fi hotspot:

1. Press! and then select Wi-Fisettings on the Info-Display.The settings displayed includethe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password and, if equipped,connection type.

2. Start a Wi-Fi network searchon your mobile device.

3. Select your vehicle hotspot(SSID) when listed.

4. When prompted, enter thepassword on your mobiledevice.


OnStar 313

Note: To change the SSID orpassword, press| and talk to anadvisor or login to your account.

To switch off the Wi-Fi hotspotfunctionality, press| to call anadvisor.

Smartphone app

With the smartphone app, somevehicle functions can be operatedremotely:

. Lock or unlock vehicle.

. Honk horn or flash lights.

. Check fuel level, engine oil life,if equipped, and tyre pressure(only with tyre pressuremonitoring system).

. Send navigation destination tothe vehicle, if equipped with abuilt-in navigation system.

. Locate vehicle on a map.

. Manage Wi-Fi settings.

To operate these functions,download the app from Apple's AppStore or Google Play Store.

Remote control

If desired, use any phone to call anadvisor, who can remotely operatespecific vehicle functions. Find therespective OnStar phone number onour country-specific website.

The following functions areavailable:

. Lock or unlock doors vehicle.

. Provide information on thevehicle location.

. Honk horn or flash lights.

Stolen vehicle assistance

If the vehicle is stolen, report thetheft to the authorities and requestOnStar stolen vehicle assistance.Use any phone to call an advisor.Find the respective OnStar phonenumber on our country-specificwebsite.

OnStar can provide support inlocating and recovering the vehicle.

Theft alert

When the anti-theft alarm system istriggered, a notification is sent toOnStar. You are then informedabout this event by text message oremail.

Restart prevention

By sending remote signals, OnStarcan prevent the vehicle fromrestarting once it has beenturned off.

On-demand diagnostics

At any time e.g. if the vehicledisplays a vehicle message, press| to contact an advisor and ask tocomplete a real-time diagnosticcheck to directly determine theissue. Depending on the results, theadvisor will provide further support.

Diagnostic report

The vehicle automatically transmitsdiagnostic data to OnStar whichsends a monthly email report to youand your preferred retailer.

Note: The retailer notificationfunction can be disabled in youraccount.


314 OnStar

The report contains the status ofkey operating systems of the vehiclelike the engine, transmission,airbags, ABS, and other majorsystems. It also provides informationon possible maintenance items andtyre pressure (only with tyrepressure monitoring system).

To look at the information in greaterdetail, select the link within theemail and log into your account.

Destination download

If equipped with this feature, adesired destination can be directlydownloaded to the navigationsystem.

Press| to call an advisor anddescribe the destination or point ofinterest.

The advisor can look up anyaddress or point of interest anddirectly send the destination to thebuilt-in navigation system.

OnStar settings

OnStar PIN

To have full access to all OnStarservices, a four-digit PIN is required.The PIN has to be personalisedwhen first talking to an advisor.

To change the PIN, press| to callan advisor.

Account data

An OnStar subscriber has anaccount, where all the data isstored. To request a change of theaccount information, press | andtalk to an advisor or login to youraccount.

If the OnStar service is used onanother vehicle, press| andrequest that the account betransferred to the new vehicle.

Note: In any case, if the vehicle isdisposed of, sold or otherwisetransferred, immediately informOnStar about the changes andterminate the OnStar service on thisvehicle.

Vehicle location

The vehicle location is transmittedto OnStar when service is requestedor triggered. A message on theInfo-Display informs about thistransmission.

To activate or deactivate thetransmission of the vehicle location,press and hold! until an audiomessage is heard.

When sending of the vehiclelocation is deactivated, the! iconwill flash for a short period of time.The! icon will flash in the samemanner at each ignition on, whilethis feature is Inactive.

Note: If the transmission of thevehicle location is deactivated,some services are no longeravailable.

Note: The vehicle location alwaysremains accessible to OnStar in thecase of an emergency.

Find the privacy policy in youraccount.


OnStar 315

Software updates

OnStar may remotely carry outsoftware updates without furthernotice or consent. These updatesare to enhance or maintain safetyand security or the operation of thevehicle.

These updates may concern privacyissues. Find the privacy policy inyour account.


316 Index

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179AcknowledgementsLibcurl and Unzip . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Active Fuel Management® . . . . . . 181Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 210AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 227Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Air Dam, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

Passenger Sensing System . . . .71What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

Airbag System (cont'd)Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .68

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 105Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Anti-theftLocking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 190Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Assistance Systems forParking and Reversing . . . . . . . . 205

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 226


Index 317

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 244Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 108

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Bulb Replacement (cont'd)High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 246Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

CCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Centre Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 91Chains, Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 106CheckMalfunction IndicatorEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .79ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

CompassMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Competition Oriented Tires . . . . . 258Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 199Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Compressor Kit, TyreSealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

ConformityDeclaration of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40


318 Index

CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Engine Temperature Gauge . . 104Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . .229, 230Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

DDanger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 310

Data RecorderPerformance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . 309Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 202Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 304Driver InformationCentre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 195DrivingCompetitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .23Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 170If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 170Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 158Track Events andCompetitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 171Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 191Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 109Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 217Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . 229, 230Cooling System Messages . . . 122Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182


Index 319

Engine (cont'd)Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 183Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 136Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 136Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Flat Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 226Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Fog Lamp Light, Rear . . . . . . . . . . 113

Fog LampsRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Front Air Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .59

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .113Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 181System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

GGaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Gauges (cont'd)Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Gear Shifting Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 293Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

HHatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 139Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . .113Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . .113


320 Index

Headlamps (cont'd)Main/Dipped BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 260Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 170Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 193Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Indicator and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 42Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

JJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 123Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .26

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

LLampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 137Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 107Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Lamps (cont'd)Rear Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Latches, Seat-Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Libcurl and UnzipAcknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Lifting the Vehicle, Tyres . . . . . . . . 212LightElectronic Stability Control(ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Gear Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 140LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 108Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 109Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . . .111


Index 321

Lights (cont'd)Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .112Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Fog Lamp, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Main-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Main/Dipped BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 104Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Lights, Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 202Locking Systems, Anti-theft . . . . . . 39LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 113Low-Profile Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

MMain-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 113MaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Maintenance ScheduleRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 293Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 107Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 187Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

MatchingActive Rev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 122Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Messages (cont'd)Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 124Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 127Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Automatic DimmingRear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 42Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195


322 Index

Monitor System, TyrePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

NNetCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92New Vehicle Running-In . . . . . . . . 174

OOff-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 225Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 77OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

PPanel, Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44ParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Parking (cont'd)Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 244

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 181

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Parking or ReversingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 205

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 71Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

PersonalisationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 179Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 64PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 309

RRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . 113Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Rear View MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 205Reclining Seat Backrests . . . . . . . . 56Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 283Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 26

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 76Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66


Index 323

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Ride Control SystemsEnhanced TractionSystem (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Roof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Rotation, Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 304Run-Flat Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Running-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . 174

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .66

Safety Belts (cont'd)Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .64

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . . 293Sealant Kit, Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Seat-Back Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .59Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .55Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .55Reclining Seat Backrests . . . . . . .56

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . 86SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 215Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 299Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 300

Service (cont'd)Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 30Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 243Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90


324 Index

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Centre Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 89Storing the Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Summer Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2SystemInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 310

TTheft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 39Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 210Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 283Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Track Events andCompetitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 159

TractionLimited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 202Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Competition Oriented . . . . . . . . . 258Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268If a Tyre Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259, 260Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Pressure Monitor Operation . . 262Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 261Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Tyres (cont'd)Wheel Alignment and TyreBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 268When It Is Time for NewTyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

UUsing This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Identification Number (VIN) . . . 300Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Personalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 129Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Vehicle CareStoring the Tyre Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 278


Index 325

Vehicle Care (cont'd)Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 108Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

WarningsHazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Washer, Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95WheelsAlignment and TyreBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

When It Is Time for NewTyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 83Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Winter Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 244

ID-TCV0OLBE1607-EN Owner’s Manual

Documents

Transcript of ID-TCV0OLBE1607-EN Owner’s Manual